Mercurial > hg
comparison i18n/ja.po @ 7760:fe4052a512fa
i18n: add Japanese translation
author | FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp> |
---|---|
date | Sat, 14 Feb 2009 01:56:34 +0900 |
parents | |
children | 1e70db1825d2 |
comparison
equal
deleted
inserted
replaced
7759:50baf8215942 | 7760:fe4052a512fa |
---|---|
1 # Japanese translation for Mercurial | |
2 # Mercurial 日本語翻訳 | |
3 # | |
4 # Copyright (C) 2009 the Mercurial team | |
5 # | |
6 # Translation dictionary: | |
7 # | |
8 # Distributed SCM 分散構成管理ツール | |
9 # | |
10 # add (構成管理への)追加登録 | |
11 # apply 適用 | |
12 # archive アーカイブ | |
13 # (with no)argument(s) 引数(指定が無い場合) | |
14 # author 作成者 | |
15 # backout 打ち消し | |
16 # basename ベース名 | |
17 # branch ブランチ | |
18 # bundle( file) バンドルファイル | |
19 # changegroup( file) バンドルファイル | |
20 # change(set) チェンジセット | |
21 # changeset hash ハッシュ値 | |
22 # changeset header ヘッダ情報 | |
23 # checkout/update (作業領域の)更新 | |
24 # (this)command (本)コマンド | |
25 # commit コミット | |
26 # commit comment コミットログ | |
27 # (by)default 指定が無い場合 | |
28 # delete/remove (構成管理からの)登録除外 | |
29 # diff 差分 | |
30 # extend(ed) 拡張 | |
31 # extensiohn (Mercurialの)エクステンション | |
32 # hash identifier(s) ハッシュ値 | |
33 # head ヘッド | |
34 # head changeset(s) ヘッド | |
35 # (revision)history 変更履歴 | |
36 # import 取り込み | |
37 # list of .... 列挙された..../.... の一覧 | |
38 # merge マージ | |
39 # note 備考 | |
40 # patch パッチ | |
41 # pull (追加リビジョンの)取り込み | |
42 # push (追加リビジョンの)反映 | |
43 # rename 改名 | |
44 # repo(sitory) リポジトリ | |
45 # revert/undo 取り消し | |
46 # revision リビジョン | |
47 # schedule (add/remove の)予約 | |
48 # search 探索 | |
49 # summary 要約(情報) | |
50 # tag タグ | |
51 # working directory 作業領域 | |
52 # | |
53 msgid "" | |
54 msgstr "" | |
55 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n" | |
56 "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-08 00:29+JST\n" | |
57 "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-14 00:51+0100\n" | |
58 "Last-Translator: FUJIWARA Katsunori <foozy@lares.dti.ne.jp>\n" | |
59 "Language-Team: Japanese\n" | |
60 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" | |
61 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" | |
62 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" | |
63 "Generated-By: pygettext.py 1.5\n" | |
64 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" | |
65 | |
66 msgid " (default: %s)" | |
67 msgstr " (規定値: %s)" | |
68 | |
69 msgid "OPTIONS" | |
70 msgstr "" | |
71 | |
72 msgid "COMMANDS" | |
73 msgstr "" | |
74 | |
75 msgid " options:\n" | |
76 msgstr "" | |
77 | |
78 msgid "" | |
79 " aliases: %s\n" | |
80 "\n" | |
81 msgstr "" | |
82 | |
83 msgid "return tuple of (match function, list enabled)." | |
84 msgstr "" | |
85 | |
86 msgid "acl: %s not enabled\n" | |
87 msgstr "" | |
88 | |
89 msgid "acl: %s enabled, %d entries for user %s\n" | |
90 msgstr "" | |
91 | |
92 msgid "config error - hook type \"%s\" cannot stop incoming changesets" | |
93 msgstr "" | |
94 | |
95 msgid "acl: changes have source \"%s\" - skipping\n" | |
96 msgstr "" | |
97 | |
98 msgid "acl: user %s denied on %s\n" | |
99 msgstr "" | |
100 | |
101 msgid "acl: access denied for changeset %s" | |
102 msgstr "" | |
103 | |
104 msgid "acl: user %s not allowed on %s\n" | |
105 msgstr "" | |
106 | |
107 msgid "acl: allowing changeset %s\n" | |
108 msgstr "" | |
109 | |
110 msgid "" | |
111 "allow user-defined command aliases\n" | |
112 "\n" | |
113 "To use, create entries in your hgrc of the form\n" | |
114 "\n" | |
115 "[alias]\n" | |
116 "mycmd = cmd --args\n" | |
117 msgstr "" | |
118 | |
119 msgid "" | |
120 "defer command lookup until needed, so that extensions loaded\n" | |
121 " after alias can be aliased" | |
122 msgstr "" | |
123 | |
124 msgid "*** [alias] %s: command %s is unknown" | |
125 msgstr "" | |
126 | |
127 msgid "*** [alias] %s: command %s is ambiguous" | |
128 msgstr "" | |
129 | |
130 msgid "*** [alias] %s: circular dependency on %s" | |
131 msgstr "" | |
132 | |
133 msgid "*** [alias] %s: no definition\n" | |
134 msgstr "" | |
135 | |
136 msgid "" | |
137 "mercurial bookmarks\n" | |
138 "\n" | |
139 "Mercurial bookmarks are local moveable pointers to changesets. Every\n" | |
140 "bookmark points to a changeset identified by its hash. If you commit a\n" | |
141 "changeset that is based on a changeset that has a bookmark on it, the\n" | |
142 "bookmark is forwarded to the new changeset.\n" | |
143 "\n" | |
144 "It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n" | |
145 "merge, hg update).\n" | |
146 "\n" | |
147 "The bookmark extension offers the possiblity to have a more git-like " | |
148 "experience\n" | |
149 "by adding the following configuration option to your .hgrc:\n" | |
150 "\n" | |
151 "[bookmarks]\n" | |
152 "track.current = True\n" | |
153 "\n" | |
154 "This will cause bookmarks to track the bookmark that you are currently on, " | |
155 "and\n" | |
156 "just updates it. This is similar to git's approach of branching.\n" | |
157 msgstr "" | |
158 | |
159 msgid "" | |
160 "Parse .hg/bookmarks file and return a dictionary\n" | |
161 "\n" | |
162 " Bookmarks are stored as {HASH}\\s{NAME}\n" | |
163 " (localtags format) values\n" | |
164 " in the .hg/bookmarks file. They are read by the parse() method and\n" | |
165 " returned as a dictionary with name => hash values.\n" | |
166 "\n" | |
167 " The parsed dictionary is cached until a write() operation is done.\n" | |
168 " " | |
169 msgstr "" | |
170 | |
171 msgid "" | |
172 "Write bookmarks\n" | |
173 "\n" | |
174 " Write the given bookmark => hash dictionary to the .hg/bookmarks file\n" | |
175 " in a format equal to those of localtags.\n" | |
176 "\n" | |
177 " We also store a backup of the previous state in undo.bookmarks that\n" | |
178 " can be copied back on rollback.\n" | |
179 " " | |
180 msgstr "" | |
181 | |
182 msgid "" | |
183 "Get the current bookmark\n" | |
184 "\n" | |
185 " If we use gittishsh branches we have a current bookmark that\n" | |
186 " we are on. This function returns the name of the bookmark. It\n" | |
187 " is stored in .hg/bookmarks.current\n" | |
188 " " | |
189 msgstr "" | |
190 | |
191 msgid "" | |
192 "Set the name of the bookmark that we are currently on\n" | |
193 "\n" | |
194 " Set the name of the bookmark that we are on (hg update <bookmark>).\n" | |
195 " The name is recoreded in .hg/bookmarks.current\n" | |
196 " " | |
197 msgstr "" | |
198 | |
199 msgid "" | |
200 "mercurial bookmarks\n" | |
201 "\n" | |
202 " Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n" | |
203 " commiting. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n" | |
204 " deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and 'hg\n" | |
205 " update' to update to a given bookmark.\n" | |
206 "\n" | |
207 " You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the current\n" | |
208 " tip with the given name. If you specify a revision using -r REV\n" | |
209 " (where REV may be an existing bookmark), the bookmark is set to\n" | |
210 " that revision.\n" | |
211 " " | |
212 msgstr "" | |
213 | |
214 msgid "a bookmark of this name does not exist" | |
215 msgstr "" | |
216 | |
217 msgid "a bookmark of the same name already exists" | |
218 msgstr "" | |
219 | |
220 msgid "new bookmark name required" | |
221 msgstr "" | |
222 | |
223 msgid "bookmark name required" | |
224 msgstr "" | |
225 | |
226 msgid "bookmark name cannot contain newlines" | |
227 msgstr "" | |
228 | |
229 msgid "a bookmark cannot have the name of an existing branch" | |
230 msgstr "" | |
231 | |
232 msgid "" | |
233 "Strip bookmarks if revisions are stripped using\n" | |
234 " the mercurial.strip method. This usually happens during\n" | |
235 " qpush and qpop" | |
236 msgstr "" | |
237 | |
238 msgid "" | |
239 "Add a revision to the repository and\n" | |
240 " move the bookmark" | |
241 msgstr "" | |
242 | |
243 msgid "Merge bookmarks with normal tags" | |
244 msgstr "" | |
245 | |
246 msgid "" | |
247 "Set the current bookmark\n" | |
248 "\n" | |
249 " If the user updates to a bookmark we update the .hg/bookmarks.current\n" | |
250 " file.\n" | |
251 " " | |
252 msgstr "" | |
253 | |
254 msgid "force" | |
255 msgstr "" | |
256 | |
257 msgid "revision" | |
258 msgstr "リビジョン" | |
259 | |
260 msgid "delete a given bookmark" | |
261 msgstr "" | |
262 | |
263 msgid "rename a given bookmark" | |
264 msgstr "" | |
265 | |
266 msgid "hg bookmarks [-d] [-m NAME] [-r NAME] [NAME]" | |
267 msgstr "" | |
268 | |
269 msgid "" | |
270 "Bugzilla integration\n" | |
271 "\n" | |
272 "This hook extension adds comments on bugs in Bugzilla when changesets\n" | |
273 "that refer to bugs by Bugzilla ID are seen. The hook does not change bug\n" | |
274 "status.\n" | |
275 "\n" | |
276 "The hook updates the Bugzilla database directly. Only Bugzilla " | |
277 "installations\n" | |
278 "using MySQL are supported.\n" | |
279 "\n" | |
280 "The hook relies on a Bugzilla script to send bug change notification " | |
281 "emails.\n" | |
282 "That script changes between Bugzilla versions; the 'processmail' script " | |
283 "used\n" | |
284 "prior to 2.18 is replaced in 2.18 and subsequent versions by\n" | |
285 "'config/sendbugmail.pl'. Note that these will be run by Mercurial as the " | |
286 "user\n" | |
287 "pushing the change; you will need to ensure the Bugzilla install file\n" | |
288 "permissions are set appropriately.\n" | |
289 "\n" | |
290 "Configuring the extension:\n" | |
291 "\n" | |
292 " [bugzilla]\n" | |
293 " host Hostname of the MySQL server holding the Bugzilla database.\n" | |
294 " db Name of the Bugzilla database in MySQL. Default 'bugs'.\n" | |
295 " user Username to use to access MySQL server. Default 'bugs'.\n" | |
296 " password Password to use to access MySQL server.\n" | |
297 " timeout Database connection timeout (seconds). Default 5.\n" | |
298 " version Bugzilla version. Specify '3.0' for Bugzilla versions 3.0 " | |
299 "and\n" | |
300 " later, '2.18' for Bugzilla versions from 2.18 and '2.16' for\n" | |
301 " versions prior to 2.18.\n" | |
302 " bzuser Fallback Bugzilla user name to record comments with, if\n" | |
303 " changeset committer cannot be found as a Bugzilla user.\n" | |
304 " bzdir Bugzilla install directory. Used by default notify.\n" | |
305 " Default '/var/www/html/bugzilla'.\n" | |
306 " notify The command to run to get Bugzilla to send bug change\n" | |
307 " notification emails. Substitutes from a map with 3 keys,\n" | |
308 " 'bzdir', 'id' (bug id) and 'user' (committer bugzilla " | |
309 "email).\n" | |
310 " Default depends on version; from 2.18 it is\n" | |
311 " \"cd %(bzdir)s && perl -T contrib/sendbugmail.pl %(id)s %" | |
312 "(user)s\".\n" | |
313 " regexp Regular expression to match bug IDs in changeset commit " | |
314 "message.\n" | |
315 " Must contain one \"()\" group. The default expression " | |
316 "matches\n" | |
317 " 'Bug 1234', 'Bug no. 1234', 'Bug number 1234',\n" | |
318 " 'Bugs 1234,5678', 'Bug 1234 and 5678' and variations " | |
319 "thereof.\n" | |
320 " Matching is case insensitive.\n" | |
321 " style The style file to use when formatting comments.\n" | |
322 " template Template to use when formatting comments. Overrides\n" | |
323 " style if specified. In addition to the usual Mercurial\n" | |
324 " keywords, the extension specifies:\n" | |
325 " {bug} The Bugzilla bug ID.\n" | |
326 " {root} The full pathname of the Mercurial " | |
327 "repository.\n" | |
328 " {webroot} Stripped pathname of the Mercurial " | |
329 "repository.\n" | |
330 " {hgweb} Base URL for browsing Mercurial " | |
331 "repositories.\n" | |
332 " Default 'changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers '\n" | |
333 " 'to bug {bug}.\\ndetails:\\n\\t{desc|tabindent}'\n" | |
334 " strip The number of slashes to strip from the front of {root}\n" | |
335 " to produce {webroot}. Default 0.\n" | |
336 " usermap Path of file containing Mercurial committer ID to Bugzilla " | |
337 "user\n" | |
338 " ID mappings. If specified, the file should contain one " | |
339 "mapping\n" | |
340 " per line, \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\". See also the\n" | |
341 " [usermap] section.\n" | |
342 "\n" | |
343 " [usermap]\n" | |
344 " Any entries in this section specify mappings of Mercurial committer ID\n" | |
345 " to Bugzilla user ID. See also [bugzilla].usermap.\n" | |
346 " \"committer\"=\"Bugzilla user\"\n" | |
347 "\n" | |
348 " [web]\n" | |
349 " baseurl Base URL for browsing Mercurial repositories. Reference from\n" | |
350 " templates as {hgweb}.\n" | |
351 "\n" | |
352 "Activating the extension:\n" | |
353 "\n" | |
354 " [extensions]\n" | |
355 " hgext.bugzilla =\n" | |
356 "\n" | |
357 " [hooks]\n" | |
358 " # run bugzilla hook on every change pulled or pushed in here\n" | |
359 " incoming.bugzilla = python:hgext.bugzilla.hook\n" | |
360 "\n" | |
361 "Example configuration:\n" | |
362 "\n" | |
363 "This example configuration is for a collection of Mercurial repositories\n" | |
364 "in /var/local/hg/repos/ used with a local Bugzilla 3.2 installation in\n" | |
365 "/opt/bugzilla-3.2.\n" | |
366 "\n" | |
367 " [bugzilla]\n" | |
368 " host=localhost\n" | |
369 " password=XYZZY\n" | |
370 " version=3.0\n" | |
371 " bzuser=unknown@domain.com\n" | |
372 " bzdir=/opt/bugzilla-3.2\n" | |
373 " template=Changeset {node|short} in {root|basename}.\\n{hgweb}/{webroot}/" | |
374 "rev/{node|short}\\n\\n{desc}\\n\n" | |
375 " strip=5\n" | |
376 "\n" | |
377 " [web]\n" | |
378 " baseurl=http://dev.domain.com/hg\n" | |
379 "\n" | |
380 " [usermap]\n" | |
381 " user@emaildomain.com=user.name@bugzilladomain.com\n" | |
382 "\n" | |
383 "Commits add a comment to the Bugzilla bug record of the form:\n" | |
384 "\n" | |
385 " Changeset 3b16791d6642 in repository-name.\n" | |
386 " http://dev.domain.com/hg/repository-name/rev/3b16791d6642\n" | |
387 "\n" | |
388 " Changeset commit comment. Bug 1234.\n" | |
389 msgstr "" | |
390 | |
391 msgid "support for bugzilla version 2.16." | |
392 msgstr "" | |
393 | |
394 msgid "connecting to %s:%s as %s, password %s\n" | |
395 msgstr "" | |
396 | |
397 msgid "run a query." | |
398 msgstr "" | |
399 | |
400 msgid "query: %s %s\n" | |
401 msgstr "" | |
402 | |
403 msgid "failed query: %s %s\n" | |
404 msgstr "" | |
405 | |
406 msgid "get identity of longdesc field" | |
407 msgstr "" | |
408 | |
409 msgid "unknown database schema" | |
410 msgstr "" | |
411 | |
412 msgid "filter not-existing bug ids from list." | |
413 msgstr "" | |
414 | |
415 msgid "filter bug ids from list that already refer to this changeset." | |
416 msgstr "" | |
417 | |
418 msgid "bug %d already knows about changeset %s\n" | |
419 msgstr "" | |
420 | |
421 msgid "tell bugzilla to send mail." | |
422 msgstr "" | |
423 | |
424 msgid "telling bugzilla to send mail:\n" | |
425 msgstr "" | |
426 | |
427 msgid " bug %s\n" | |
428 msgstr "" | |
429 | |
430 msgid "running notify command %s\n" | |
431 msgstr "" | |
432 | |
433 msgid "bugzilla notify command %s" | |
434 msgstr "" | |
435 | |
436 msgid "done\n" | |
437 msgstr "" | |
438 | |
439 msgid "look up numeric bugzilla user id." | |
440 msgstr "" | |
441 | |
442 msgid "looking up user %s\n" | |
443 msgstr "" | |
444 | |
445 msgid "map name of committer to bugzilla user name." | |
446 msgstr "" | |
447 | |
448 msgid "" | |
449 "see if committer is a registered bugzilla user. Return\n" | |
450 " bugzilla username and userid if so. If not, return default\n" | |
451 " bugzilla username and userid." | |
452 msgstr "" | |
453 | |
454 msgid "cannot find bugzilla user id for %s" | |
455 msgstr "" | |
456 | |
457 msgid "cannot find bugzilla user id for %s or %s" | |
458 msgstr "" | |
459 | |
460 msgid "" | |
461 "add comment to bug. try adding comment as committer of\n" | |
462 " changeset, otherwise as default bugzilla user." | |
463 msgstr "" | |
464 | |
465 msgid "support for bugzilla 2.18 series." | |
466 msgstr "" | |
467 | |
468 msgid "support for bugzilla 3.0 series." | |
469 msgstr "" | |
470 | |
471 msgid "" | |
472 "return object that knows how to talk to bugzilla version in\n" | |
473 " use." | |
474 msgstr "" | |
475 | |
476 msgid "bugzilla version %s not supported" | |
477 msgstr "" | |
478 | |
479 msgid "" | |
480 "find valid bug ids that are referred to in changeset\n" | |
481 " comments and that do not already have references to this\n" | |
482 " changeset." | |
483 msgstr "" | |
484 | |
485 msgid "update bugzilla bug with reference to changeset." | |
486 msgstr "" | |
487 | |
488 msgid "" | |
489 "strip leading prefix of repo root and turn into\n" | |
490 " url-safe path." | |
491 msgstr "" | |
492 | |
493 msgid "" | |
494 "changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers to bug {bug}.\n" | |
495 "details:\n" | |
496 "\t{desc|tabindent}" | |
497 msgstr "" | |
498 | |
499 msgid "" | |
500 "add comment to bugzilla for each changeset that refers to a\n" | |
501 " bugzilla bug id. only add a comment once per bug, so same change\n" | |
502 " seen multiple times does not fill bug with duplicate data." | |
503 msgstr "" | |
504 | |
505 msgid "python mysql support not available: %s" | |
506 msgstr "" | |
507 | |
508 msgid "hook type %s does not pass a changeset id" | |
509 msgstr "" | |
510 | |
511 msgid "database error: %s" | |
512 msgstr "" | |
513 | |
514 msgid "" | |
515 "show the children of the given or working dir revision\n" | |
516 "\n" | |
517 " Print the children of the working directory's revisions.\n" | |
518 " If a revision is given via --rev, the children of that revision\n" | |
519 " will be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in\n" | |
520 " which the file was last changed (after the working directory\n" | |
521 " revision or the argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n" | |
522 " " | |
523 msgstr "" | |
524 | |
525 msgid "show children of the specified rev" | |
526 msgstr "" | |
527 | |
528 msgid "hg children [-r REV] [FILE]" | |
529 msgstr "" | |
530 | |
531 msgid "command to show certain statistics about revision history" | |
532 msgstr "" | |
533 | |
534 msgid "Calculate stats" | |
535 msgstr "" | |
536 | |
537 msgid "Revision %d is a merge, ignoring...\n" | |
538 msgstr "" | |
539 | |
540 msgid "\rgenerating stats: %d%%" | |
541 msgstr "" | |
542 | |
543 msgid "" | |
544 "graph count of revisions grouped by template\n" | |
545 "\n" | |
546 " Will graph count of changed lines or revisions grouped by template or\n" | |
547 " alternatively by date, if dateformat is used. In this case it will " | |
548 "override\n" | |
549 " template.\n" | |
550 "\n" | |
551 " By default statistics are counted for number of changed lines.\n" | |
552 "\n" | |
553 " Examples:\n" | |
554 "\n" | |
555 " # display count of changed lines for every committer\n" | |
556 " hg churn -t '{author|email}'\n" | |
557 "\n" | |
558 " # display daily activity graph\n" | |
559 " hg churn -f '%H' -s -c\n" | |
560 "\n" | |
561 " # display activity of developers by month\n" | |
562 " hg churn -f '%Y-%m' -s -c\n" | |
563 "\n" | |
564 " # display count of lines changed in every year\n" | |
565 " hg churn -f '%Y' -s\n" | |
566 "\n" | |
567 " The map file format used to specify aliases is fairly simple:\n" | |
568 "\n" | |
569 " <alias email> <actual email>" | |
570 msgstr "" | |
571 | |
572 msgid "assuming %i character terminal\n" | |
573 msgstr "" | |
574 | |
575 msgid "count rate for the specified revision or range" | |
576 msgstr "" | |
577 | |
578 msgid "count rate for revs matching date spec" | |
579 msgstr "" | |
580 | |
581 msgid "template to group changesets" | |
582 msgstr "" | |
583 | |
584 msgid "strftime-compatible format for grouping by date" | |
585 msgstr "" | |
586 | |
587 msgid "count rate by number of changesets" | |
588 msgstr "" | |
589 | |
590 msgid "sort by key (default: sort by count)" | |
591 msgstr "" | |
592 | |
593 msgid "file with email aliases" | |
594 msgstr "" | |
595 | |
596 msgid "show progress" | |
597 msgstr "" | |
598 | |
599 msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]" | |
600 msgstr "" | |
601 | |
602 msgid "" | |
603 "add color output to status, qseries, and diff-related commands\n" | |
604 "\n" | |
605 "This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output to\n" | |
606 "reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect patch " | |
607 "status\n" | |
608 "(applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related commands to highlight\n" | |
609 "additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing whitespace.\n" | |
610 "\n" | |
611 "Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are also\n" | |
612 "available. Effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control function (aka\n" | |
613 "ANSI escape codes). This module also provides the render_text function,\n" | |
614 "which can be used to add effects to any text.\n" | |
615 "\n" | |
616 "To enable this extension, add this to your .hgrc file:\n" | |
617 "[extensions]\n" | |
618 "color =\n" | |
619 "\n" | |
620 "Default effects my be overriden from the .hgrc file:\n" | |
621 "\n" | |
622 "[color]\n" | |
623 "status.modified = blue bold underline red_background\n" | |
624 "status.added = green bold\n" | |
625 "status.removed = red bold blue_background\n" | |
626 "status.deleted = cyan bold underline\n" | |
627 "status.unknown = magenta bold underline\n" | |
628 "status.ignored = black bold\n" | |
629 "\n" | |
630 "# 'none' turns off all effects\n" | |
631 "status.clean = none\n" | |
632 "status.copied = none\n" | |
633 "\n" | |
634 "qseries.applied = blue bold underline\n" | |
635 "qseries.unapplied = black bold\n" | |
636 "qseries.missing = red bold\n" | |
637 "\n" | |
638 "diff.diffline = bold\n" | |
639 "diff.extended = cyan bold\n" | |
640 "diff.file_a = red bold\n" | |
641 "diff.file_b = green bold\n" | |
642 "diff.hunk = magenta\n" | |
643 "diff.deleted = red\n" | |
644 "diff.inserted = green\n" | |
645 "diff.changed = white\n" | |
646 "diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background\n" | |
647 msgstr "" | |
648 | |
649 msgid "Wrap text in commands to turn on each effect." | |
650 msgstr "" | |
651 | |
652 msgid "run the status command with colored output" | |
653 msgstr "" | |
654 | |
655 msgid "run the qseries command with colored output" | |
656 msgstr "" | |
657 | |
658 msgid "wrap ui.write for colored diff output" | |
659 msgstr "" | |
660 | |
661 msgid "wrap cmdutil.changeset_printer.showpatch with colored output" | |
662 msgstr "" | |
663 | |
664 msgid "run the diff command with colored output" | |
665 msgstr "" | |
666 | |
667 msgid "Initialize the extension." | |
668 msgstr "" | |
669 | |
670 msgid "patch in command to command table and load effect map" | |
671 msgstr "" | |
672 | |
673 msgid "when to colorize (always, auto, or never)" | |
674 msgstr "" | |
675 | |
676 msgid "don't colorize output" | |
677 msgstr "" | |
678 | |
679 msgid "converting foreign VCS repositories to Mercurial" | |
680 msgstr "" | |
681 | |
682 msgid "" | |
683 "convert a foreign SCM repository to a Mercurial one.\n" | |
684 "\n" | |
685 " Accepted source formats [identifiers]:\n" | |
686 " - Mercurial [hg]\n" | |
687 " - CVS [cvs]\n" | |
688 " - Darcs [darcs]\n" | |
689 " - git [git]\n" | |
690 " - Subversion [svn]\n" | |
691 " - Monotone [mtn]\n" | |
692 " - GNU Arch [gnuarch]\n" | |
693 " - Bazaar [bzr]\n" | |
694 "\n" | |
695 " Accepted destination formats [identifiers]:\n" | |
696 " - Mercurial [hg]\n" | |
697 " - Subversion [svn] (history on branches is not preserved)\n" | |
698 "\n" | |
699 " If no revision is given, all revisions will be converted. Otherwise,\n" | |
700 " convert will only import up to the named revision (given in a format\n" | |
701 " understood by the source).\n" | |
702 "\n" | |
703 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |
704 " basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n" | |
705 " repository doesn't exist, it will be created.\n" | |
706 "\n" | |
707 " If <REVMAP> isn't given, it will be put in a default location\n" | |
708 " (<dest>/.hg/shamap by default). The <REVMAP> is a simple text\n" | |
709 " file that maps each source commit ID to the destination ID for\n" | |
710 " that revision, like so:\n" | |
711 " <source ID> <destination ID>\n" | |
712 "\n" | |
713 " If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's updated\n" | |
714 " on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted and can\n" | |
715 " be run repeatedly to copy new commits.\n" | |
716 "\n" | |
717 " The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each source\n" | |
718 " commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy for source " | |
719 "SCMs\n" | |
720 " that use unix logins to identify authors (eg: CVS). One line per author\n" | |
721 " mapping and the line format is:\n" | |
722 " srcauthor=whatever string you want\n" | |
723 "\n" | |
724 " The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n" | |
725 " and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n" | |
726 " contain one of the following directives:\n" | |
727 "\n" | |
728 " include path/to/file\n" | |
729 "\n" | |
730 " exclude path/to/file\n" | |
731 "\n" | |
732 " rename from/file to/file\n" | |
733 "\n" | |
734 " The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n" | |
735 " directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n" | |
736 " exclusion of all other files and dirs not explicitely included.\n" | |
737 " The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to be omitted.\n" | |
738 " The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To rename from a\n" | |
739 " subdirectory into the root of the repository, use '.' as the path to\n" | |
740 " rename to.\n" | |
741 "\n" | |
742 " The splicemap is a file that allows insertion of synthetic\n" | |
743 " history, letting you specify the parents of a revision. This is\n" | |
744 " useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n" | |
745 " graft two disconnected series of history together. Each entry\n" | |
746 " contains a key, followed by a space, followed by one or two\n" | |
747 " values, separated by spaces. The key is the revision ID in the\n" | |
748 " source revision control system whose parents should be modified\n" | |
749 " (same format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision\n" | |
750 " IDs (in either the source or destination revision control system)\n" | |
751 " that should be used as the new parents for that node.\n" | |
752 "\n" | |
753 " Mercurial Source\n" | |
754 " -----------------\n" | |
755 "\n" | |
756 " --config convert.hg.ignoreerrors=False (boolean)\n" | |
757 " ignore integrity errors when reading. Use it to fix Mercurial\n" | |
758 " repositories with missing revlogs, by converting from and to\n" | |
759 " Mercurial.\n" | |
760 " --config convert.hg.saverev=True (boolean)\n" | |
761 " allow target to preserve source revision ID\n" | |
762 " --config convert.hg.startrev=0 (hg revision identifier)\n" | |
763 " convert start revision and its descendants\n" | |
764 "\n" | |
765 " CVS Source\n" | |
766 " ----------\n" | |
767 "\n" | |
768 " CVS source will use a sandbox (i.e. a checked-out copy) from CVS\n" | |
769 " to indicate the starting point of what will be converted. Direct\n" | |
770 " access to the repository files is not needed, unless of course\n" | |
771 " the repository is :local:. The conversion uses the top level\n" | |
772 " directory in the sandbox to find the CVS repository, and then uses\n" | |
773 " CVS rlog commands to find files to convert. This means that unless\n" | |
774 " a filemap is given, all files under the starting directory will be\n" | |
775 " converted, and that any directory reorganisation in the CVS\n" | |
776 " sandbox is ignored.\n" | |
777 "\n" | |
778 " Because CVS does not have changesets, it is necessary to collect\n" | |
779 " individual commits to CVS and merge them into changesets. CVS\n" | |
780 " source uses its internal changeset merging code by default but can\n" | |
781 " be configured to call the external 'cvsps' program by setting:\n" | |
782 " --config convert.cvsps='cvsps -A -u --cvs-direct -q'\n" | |
783 " This is a legacy option and may be removed in future.\n" | |
784 "\n" | |
785 " The options shown are the defaults.\n" | |
786 "\n" | |
787 " Internal cvsps is selected by setting\n" | |
788 " --config convert.cvsps=builtin\n" | |
789 " and has a few more configurable options:\n" | |
790 " --config convert.cvsps.fuzz=60 (integer)\n" | |
791 " Specify the maximum time (in seconds) that is allowed between\n" | |
792 " commits with identical user and log message in a single\n" | |
793 " changeset. When very large files were checked in as part\n" | |
794 " of a changeset then the default may not be long enough.\n" | |
795 " --config convert.cvsps.mergeto='{{mergetobranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n" | |
796 " Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n" | |
797 " matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n" | |
798 " insert a dummy revision merging the branch on which this log\n" | |
799 " message occurs to the branch indicated in the regex.\n" | |
800 " --config convert.cvsps.mergefrom='{{mergefrombranch ([-\\w]+)}}'\n" | |
801 " Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n" | |
802 " matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n" | |
803 " add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n" | |
804 " regex as the second parent of the changeset.\n" | |
805 "\n" | |
806 " The hgext/convert/cvsps wrapper script allows the builtin changeset\n" | |
807 " merging code to be run without doing a conversion. Its parameters and\n" | |
808 " output are similar to that of cvsps 2.1.\n" | |
809 "\n" | |
810 " Subversion Source\n" | |
811 " -----------------\n" | |
812 "\n" | |
813 " Subversion source detects classical trunk/branches/tags layouts.\n" | |
814 " By default, the supplied \"svn://repo/path/\" source URL is\n" | |
815 " converted as a single branch. If \"svn://repo/path/trunk\" exists\n" | |
816 " it replaces the default branch. If \"svn://repo/path/branches\"\n" | |
817 " exists, its subdirectories are listed as possible branches. If\n" | |
818 " \"svn://repo/path/tags\" exists, it is looked for tags referencing\n" | |
819 " converted branches. Default \"trunk\", \"branches\" and \"tags\" values\n" | |
820 " can be overriden with following options. Set them to paths\n" | |
821 " relative to the source URL, or leave them blank to disable\n" | |
822 " autodetection.\n" | |
823 "\n" | |
824 " --config convert.svn.branches=branches (directory name)\n" | |
825 " specify the directory containing branches\n" | |
826 " --config convert.svn.tags=tags (directory name)\n" | |
827 " specify the directory containing tags\n" | |
828 " --config convert.svn.trunk=trunk (directory name)\n" | |
829 " specify the name of the trunk branch\n" | |
830 "\n" | |
831 " Source history can be retrieved starting at a specific revision,\n" | |
832 " instead of being integrally converted. Only single branch\n" | |
833 " conversions are supported.\n" | |
834 "\n" | |
835 " --config convert.svn.startrev=0 (svn revision number)\n" | |
836 " specify start Subversion revision.\n" | |
837 "\n" | |
838 " Mercurial Destination\n" | |
839 " ---------------------\n" | |
840 "\n" | |
841 " --config convert.hg.clonebranches=False (boolean)\n" | |
842 " dispatch source branches in separate clones.\n" | |
843 " --config convert.hg.tagsbranch=default (branch name)\n" | |
844 " tag revisions branch name\n" | |
845 " --config convert.hg.usebranchnames=True (boolean)\n" | |
846 " preserve branch names\n" | |
847 "\n" | |
848 " " | |
849 msgstr "" | |
850 | |
851 msgid "" | |
852 "create changeset information from CVS\n" | |
853 "\n" | |
854 " This command is intended as a debugging tool for the CVS to Mercurial\n" | |
855 " converter, and can be used as a direct replacement for cvsps.\n" | |
856 "\n" | |
857 " Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any named\n" | |
858 " directory) in the CVS repository, and converts the log to a series of\n" | |
859 " changesets based on matching commit log entries and dates." | |
860 msgstr "" | |
861 | |
862 msgid "username mapping filename" | |
863 msgstr "" | |
864 | |
865 msgid "destination repository type" | |
866 msgstr "" | |
867 | |
868 msgid "remap file names using contents of file" | |
869 msgstr "" | |
870 | |
871 msgid "import up to target revision REV" | |
872 msgstr "" | |
873 | |
874 msgid "source repository type" | |
875 msgstr "" | |
876 | |
877 msgid "splice synthesized history into place" | |
878 msgstr "" | |
879 | |
880 msgid "try to sort changesets by date" | |
881 msgstr "" | |
882 | |
883 msgid "hg convert [OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST [REVMAP]]" | |
884 msgstr "" | |
885 | |
886 msgid "only return changes on specified branches" | |
887 msgstr "" | |
888 | |
889 msgid "prefix to remove from file names" | |
890 msgstr "" | |
891 | |
892 msgid "only return changes after or between specified tags" | |
893 msgstr "" | |
894 | |
895 msgid "update cvs log cache" | |
896 msgstr "" | |
897 | |
898 msgid "create new cvs log cache" | |
899 msgstr "" | |
900 | |
901 msgid "set commit time fuzz in seconds" | |
902 msgstr "" | |
903 | |
904 msgid "specify cvsroot" | |
905 msgstr "" | |
906 | |
907 msgid "show parent changesets" | |
908 msgstr "" | |
909 | |
910 msgid "show current changeset in ancestor branches" | |
911 msgstr "" | |
912 | |
913 msgid "%s is not a valid revision in current branch" | |
914 msgstr "" | |
915 | |
916 msgid "%s is not available in %s anymore" | |
917 msgstr "" | |
918 | |
919 msgid "cannot find required \"%s\" tool" | |
920 msgstr "" | |
921 | |
922 msgid "running: %s\n" | |
923 msgstr "" | |
924 | |
925 msgid "%s error:\n" | |
926 msgstr "" | |
927 | |
928 msgid "%s %s" | |
929 msgstr "" | |
930 | |
931 msgid "could not open map file %r: %s" | |
932 msgstr "" | |
933 | |
934 msgid "%s: missing or unsupported repository" | |
935 msgstr "" | |
936 | |
937 msgid "convert: %s\n" | |
938 msgstr "" | |
939 | |
940 msgid "%s: unknown repository type" | |
941 msgstr "" | |
942 | |
943 msgid "cycle detected between %s and %s" | |
944 msgstr "" | |
945 | |
946 msgid "not all revisions were sorted" | |
947 msgstr "" | |
948 | |
949 msgid "Writing author map file %s\n" | |
950 msgstr "" | |
951 | |
952 msgid "Overriding mapping for author %s, was %s, will be %s\n" | |
953 msgstr "" | |
954 | |
955 msgid "mapping author %s to %s\n" | |
956 msgstr "" | |
957 | |
958 msgid "Ignoring bad line in author map file %s: %s\n" | |
959 msgstr "" | |
960 | |
961 msgid "spliced in %s as parents of %s\n" | |
962 msgstr "" | |
963 | |
964 msgid "scanning source...\n" | |
965 msgstr "" | |
966 | |
967 msgid "sorting...\n" | |
968 msgstr "" | |
969 | |
970 msgid "converting...\n" | |
971 msgstr "" | |
972 | |
973 msgid "source: %s\n" | |
974 msgstr "" | |
975 | |
976 msgid "assuming destination %s\n" | |
977 msgstr "" | |
978 | |
979 msgid "revision %s is not a patchset number or date" | |
980 msgstr "" | |
981 | |
982 msgid "using builtin cvsps\n" | |
983 msgstr "" | |
984 | |
985 msgid "connecting to %s\n" | |
986 msgstr "" | |
987 | |
988 msgid "CVS pserver authentication failed" | |
989 msgstr "" | |
990 | |
991 msgid "server sucks" | |
992 msgstr "" | |
993 | |
994 msgid "%d bytes missing from remote file" | |
995 msgstr "" | |
996 | |
997 msgid "cvs server: %s\n" | |
998 msgstr "" | |
999 | |
1000 msgid "unknown CVS response: %s" | |
1001 msgstr "" | |
1002 | |
1003 msgid "collecting CVS rlog\n" | |
1004 msgstr "" | |
1005 | |
1006 msgid "reading cvs log cache %s\n" | |
1007 msgstr "" | |
1008 | |
1009 msgid "cache has %d log entries\n" | |
1010 msgstr "" | |
1011 | |
1012 msgid "error reading cache: %r\n" | |
1013 msgstr "" | |
1014 | |
1015 msgid "running %s\n" | |
1016 msgstr "" | |
1017 | |
1018 msgid "prefix=%r directory=%r root=%r\n" | |
1019 msgstr "" | |
1020 | |
1021 msgid "RCS file must be followed by working file" | |
1022 msgstr "" | |
1023 | |
1024 msgid "must have at least some revisions" | |
1025 msgstr "" | |
1026 | |
1027 msgid "expected revision number" | |
1028 msgstr "" | |
1029 | |
1030 msgid "revision must be followed by date line" | |
1031 msgstr "" | |
1032 | |
1033 msgid "writing cvs log cache %s\n" | |
1034 msgstr "" | |
1035 | |
1036 msgid "%d log entries\n" | |
1037 msgstr "" | |
1038 | |
1039 msgid "creating changesets\n" | |
1040 msgstr "" | |
1041 | |
1042 msgid "%d changeset entries\n" | |
1043 msgstr "" | |
1044 | |
1045 msgid "Python ElementTree module is not available" | |
1046 msgstr "" | |
1047 | |
1048 msgid "cleaning up %s\n" | |
1049 msgstr "" | |
1050 | |
1051 msgid "internal calling inconsistency" | |
1052 msgstr "" | |
1053 | |
1054 msgid "errors in filemap" | |
1055 msgstr "" | |
1056 | |
1057 msgid "%s:%d: %r already in %s list\n" | |
1058 msgstr "" | |
1059 | |
1060 msgid "%s:%d: unknown directive %r\n" | |
1061 msgstr "" | |
1062 | |
1063 msgid "source repository doesn't support --filemap" | |
1064 msgstr "" | |
1065 | |
1066 msgid "%s does not look like a GNU Arch repo" | |
1067 msgstr "" | |
1068 | |
1069 msgid "cannot find a GNU Arch tool" | |
1070 msgstr "" | |
1071 | |
1072 msgid "analyzing tree version %s...\n" | |
1073 msgstr "" | |
1074 | |
1075 msgid "" | |
1076 "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n" | |
1077 msgstr "" | |
1078 | |
1079 msgid "applying revision %s...\n" | |
1080 msgstr "" | |
1081 | |
1082 msgid "computing changeset between %s and %s...\n" | |
1083 msgstr "" | |
1084 | |
1085 msgid "obtaining revision %s...\n" | |
1086 msgstr "" | |
1087 | |
1088 msgid "analysing revision %s...\n" | |
1089 msgstr "" | |
1090 | |
1091 msgid "could not parse cat-log of %s" | |
1092 msgstr "" | |
1093 | |
1094 msgid "%s is not a local Mercurial repo" | |
1095 msgstr "" | |
1096 | |
1097 msgid "initializing destination %s repository\n" | |
1098 msgstr "" | |
1099 | |
1100 msgid "run hg sink pre-conversion action\n" | |
1101 msgstr "" | |
1102 | |
1103 msgid "run hg sink post-conversion action\n" | |
1104 msgstr "" | |
1105 | |
1106 msgid "pulling from %s into %s\n" | |
1107 msgstr "" | |
1108 | |
1109 msgid "updating tags\n" | |
1110 msgstr "" | |
1111 | |
1112 msgid "%s is not a valid start revision" | |
1113 msgstr "" | |
1114 | |
1115 msgid "ignoring: %s\n" | |
1116 msgstr "" | |
1117 | |
1118 msgid "run hg source pre-conversion action\n" | |
1119 msgstr "" | |
1120 | |
1121 msgid "run hg source post-conversion action\n" | |
1122 msgstr "" | |
1123 | |
1124 msgid "%s does not look like a monotone repo" | |
1125 msgstr "" | |
1126 | |
1127 msgid "copying file in renamed dir from '%s' to '%s'" | |
1128 msgstr "" | |
1129 | |
1130 msgid "Subversion python bindings could not be loaded" | |
1131 msgstr "" | |
1132 | |
1133 msgid "Subversion python bindings %d.%d found, 1.4 or later required" | |
1134 msgstr "" | |
1135 | |
1136 msgid "Subversion python bindings are too old, 1.4 or later required" | |
1137 msgstr "" | |
1138 | |
1139 msgid "svn: revision %s is not an integer" | |
1140 msgstr "" | |
1141 | |
1142 msgid "svn: start revision %s is not an integer" | |
1143 msgstr "" | |
1144 | |
1145 msgid "no revision found in module %s" | |
1146 msgstr "" | |
1147 | |
1148 msgid "expected %s to be at %r, but not found" | |
1149 msgstr "" | |
1150 | |
1151 msgid "found %s at %r\n" | |
1152 msgstr "" | |
1153 | |
1154 msgid "ignoring empty branch %s\n" | |
1155 msgstr "" | |
1156 | |
1157 msgid "found branch %s at %d\n" | |
1158 msgstr "" | |
1159 | |
1160 msgid "svn: start revision is not supported with with more than one branch" | |
1161 msgstr "" | |
1162 | |
1163 msgid "svn: no revision found after start revision %d" | |
1164 msgstr "" | |
1165 | |
1166 msgid "no tags found at revision %d\n" | |
1167 msgstr "" | |
1168 | |
1169 msgid "ignoring foreign branch %r\n" | |
1170 msgstr "" | |
1171 | |
1172 msgid "%s not found up to revision %d" | |
1173 msgstr "" | |
1174 | |
1175 msgid "branch renamed from %s to %s at %d\n" | |
1176 msgstr "" | |
1177 | |
1178 msgid "reparent to %s\n" | |
1179 msgstr "" | |
1180 | |
1181 msgid "copied to %s from %s@%s\n" | |
1182 msgstr "" | |
1183 | |
1184 msgid "gone from %s\n" | |
1185 msgstr "" | |
1186 | |
1187 msgid "found parent directory %s\n" | |
1188 msgstr "" | |
1189 | |
1190 msgid "base, entry %s %s\n" | |
1191 msgstr "" | |
1192 | |
1193 msgid "munge-o-matic\n" | |
1194 msgstr "" | |
1195 | |
1196 msgid "info: %s %s %s %s\n" | |
1197 msgstr "" | |
1198 | |
1199 msgid "unknown path in revision %d: %s\n" | |
1200 msgstr "" | |
1201 | |
1202 msgid "mark %s came from %s:%d\n" | |
1203 msgstr "" | |
1204 | |
1205 msgid "parsing revision %d (%d changes)\n" | |
1206 msgstr "" | |
1207 | |
1208 msgid "found parent of branch %s at %d: %s\n" | |
1209 msgstr "" | |
1210 | |
1211 msgid "no copyfrom path, don't know what to do.\n" | |
1212 msgstr "" | |
1213 | |
1214 msgid "fetching revision log for \"%s\" from %d to %d\n" | |
1215 msgstr "" | |
1216 | |
1217 msgid "skipping blacklisted revision %d\n" | |
1218 msgstr "" | |
1219 | |
1220 msgid "revision %d has no entries\n" | |
1221 msgstr "" | |
1222 | |
1223 msgid "svn: branch has no revision %s" | |
1224 msgstr "" | |
1225 | |
1226 msgid "%r is not under %r, ignoring\n" | |
1227 msgstr "" | |
1228 | |
1229 msgid "initializing svn repo %r\n" | |
1230 msgstr "" | |
1231 | |
1232 msgid "initializing svn wc %r\n" | |
1233 msgstr "" | |
1234 | |
1235 msgid "unexpected svn output:\n" | |
1236 msgstr "" | |
1237 | |
1238 msgid "unable to cope with svn output" | |
1239 msgstr "" | |
1240 | |
1241 msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n" | |
1242 msgstr "" | |
1243 | |
1244 msgid "" | |
1245 "\n" | |
1246 "The `extdiff' Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs\n" | |
1247 "to compare revisions, or revision with working dir. The external diff\n" | |
1248 "programs are called with a configurable set of options and two\n" | |
1249 "non-option arguments: paths to directories containing snapshots of\n" | |
1250 "files to compare.\n" | |
1251 "\n" | |
1252 "To enable this extension:\n" | |
1253 "\n" | |
1254 " [extensions]\n" | |
1255 " hgext.extdiff =\n" | |
1256 "\n" | |
1257 "The `extdiff' extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n" | |
1258 "you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always.\n" | |
1259 "\n" | |
1260 " [extdiff]\n" | |
1261 " # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode\n" | |
1262 " cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5\n" | |
1263 " ## or the old way:\n" | |
1264 " #cmd.cdiff = gdiff\n" | |
1265 " #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5\n" | |
1266 "\n" | |
1267 " # add new command called vdiff, runs kdiff3\n" | |
1268 " vdiff = kdiff3\n" | |
1269 "\n" | |
1270 " # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice)\n" | |
1271 " meld =\n" | |
1272 "\n" | |
1273 " # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin\n" | |
1274 " #(see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102)\n" | |
1275 " # Non english user, be sure to put \"let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1\" " | |
1276 "in\n" | |
1277 " # your .vimrc\n" | |
1278 " vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'\n" | |
1279 "\n" | |
1280 "You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal\n" | |
1281 "\"hg diff\" command. The `extdiff' extension makes snapshots of only\n" | |
1282 "needed files, so running the external diff program will actually be\n" | |
1283 "pretty fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree).\n" | |
1284 msgstr "" | |
1285 | |
1286 msgid "snapshot files as of some revision" | |
1287 msgstr "" | |
1288 | |
1289 msgid "making snapshot of %d files from rev %s\n" | |
1290 msgstr "" | |
1291 | |
1292 msgid "" | |
1293 "snapshot files from working directory.\n" | |
1294 " if not using snapshot, -I/-X does not work and recursive diff\n" | |
1295 " in tools like kdiff3 and meld displays too many files." | |
1296 msgstr "" | |
1297 | |
1298 msgid "making snapshot of %d files from working dir\n" | |
1299 msgstr "" | |
1300 | |
1301 msgid "" | |
1302 "Do the actuall diff:\n" | |
1303 "\n" | |
1304 " - copy to a temp structure if diffing 2 internal revisions\n" | |
1305 " - copy to a temp structure if diffing working revision with\n" | |
1306 " another one and more than 1 file is changed\n" | |
1307 " - just invoke the diff for a single file in the working dir\n" | |
1308 " " | |
1309 msgstr "" | |
1310 | |
1311 msgid "running %r in %s\n" | |
1312 msgstr "" | |
1313 | |
1314 msgid "file changed while diffing. Overwriting: %s (src: %s)\n" | |
1315 msgstr "" | |
1316 | |
1317 msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n" | |
1318 msgstr "" | |
1319 | |
1320 msgid "" | |
1321 "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)\n" | |
1322 "\n" | |
1323 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n" | |
1324 " an external program. The default program used is diff, with\n" | |
1325 " default options \"-Npru\".\n" | |
1326 "\n" | |
1327 " To select a different program, use the -p option. The program\n" | |
1328 " will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To pass\n" | |
1329 " additional options to the program, use the -o option. These will\n" | |
1330 " be passed before the names of the directories to compare.\n" | |
1331 "\n" | |
1332 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are\n" | |
1333 " shown between those revisions. If only one revision is\n" | |
1334 " specified then that revision is compared to the working\n" | |
1335 " directory, and, when no revisions are specified, the\n" | |
1336 " working directory files are compared to its parent." | |
1337 msgstr "" | |
1338 | |
1339 msgid "comparison program to run" | |
1340 msgstr "" | |
1341 | |
1342 msgid "pass option to comparison program" | |
1343 msgstr "" | |
1344 | |
1345 msgid "hg extdiff [OPT]... [FILE]..." | |
1346 msgstr "" | |
1347 | |
1348 msgid "use closure to save diff command to use" | |
1349 msgstr "" | |
1350 | |
1351 msgid "hg %s [OPTION]... [FILE]..." | |
1352 msgstr "" | |
1353 | |
1354 msgid "pulling, updating and merging in one command" | |
1355 msgstr "" | |
1356 | |
1357 msgid "" | |
1358 "pull changes from a remote repository, merge new changes if needed.\n" | |
1359 "\n" | |
1360 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n" | |
1361 " or URL and adds them to the local repository.\n" | |
1362 "\n" | |
1363 " If the pulled changes add a new branch head, the head is automatically\n" | |
1364 " merged, and the result of the merge is committed. Otherwise, the\n" | |
1365 " working directory is updated to include the new changes.\n" | |
1366 "\n" | |
1367 " When a merge occurs, the newly pulled changes are assumed to be\n" | |
1368 " \"authoritative\". The head of the new changes is used as the first\n" | |
1369 " parent, with local changes as the second. To switch the merge\n" | |
1370 " order, use --switch-parent.\n" | |
1371 "\n" | |
1372 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
1373 " " | |
1374 msgstr "" | |
1375 | |
1376 msgid "" | |
1377 "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)" | |
1378 msgstr "" | |
1379 | |
1380 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge" | |
1381 msgstr "" | |
1382 | |
1383 msgid "outstanding uncommitted changes" | |
1384 msgstr "" | |
1385 | |
1386 msgid "working directory is missing some files" | |
1387 msgstr "" | |
1388 | |
1389 msgid "" | |
1390 "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)" | |
1391 msgstr "" | |
1392 | |
1393 msgid "pulling from %s\n" | |
1394 msgstr "%s から取り込み中\n" | |
1395 | |
1396 msgid "fetch -r doesn't work for remote repositories yet" | |
1397 msgstr "" | |
1398 | |
1399 msgid "" | |
1400 "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge" | |
1401 "\" to merge them)\n" | |
1402 msgstr "" | |
1403 | |
1404 msgid "updating to %d:%s\n" | |
1405 msgstr "" | |
1406 | |
1407 msgid "merging with %d:%s\n" | |
1408 msgstr "" | |
1409 | |
1410 msgid "Automated merge with %s" | |
1411 msgstr "" | |
1412 | |
1413 msgid "new changeset %d:%s merges remote changes with local\n" | |
1414 msgstr "" | |
1415 | |
1416 msgid "a specific revision you would like to pull" | |
1417 msgstr "" | |
1418 | |
1419 msgid "edit commit message" | |
1420 msgstr "" | |
1421 | |
1422 msgid "edit commit message (DEPRECATED)" | |
1423 msgstr "" | |
1424 | |
1425 msgid "switch parents when merging" | |
1426 msgstr "" | |
1427 | |
1428 msgid "hg fetch [SOURCE]" | |
1429 msgstr "" | |
1430 | |
1431 msgid " returns of the good and bad signatures" | |
1432 msgstr "" | |
1433 | |
1434 msgid "error while verifying signature" | |
1435 msgstr "" | |
1436 | |
1437 msgid "create a new gpg instance" | |
1438 msgstr "" | |
1439 | |
1440 msgid "" | |
1441 "\n" | |
1442 " walk over every sigs, yields a couple\n" | |
1443 " ((node, version, sig), (filename, linenumber))\n" | |
1444 " " | |
1445 msgstr "" | |
1446 | |
1447 msgid "get the keys who signed a data" | |
1448 msgstr "" | |
1449 | |
1450 msgid "%s Bad signature from \"%s\"\n" | |
1451 msgstr "" | |
1452 | |
1453 msgid "%s Note: Signature has expired (signed by: \"%s\")\n" | |
1454 msgstr "" | |
1455 | |
1456 msgid "%s Note: This key has expired (signed by: \"%s\")\n" | |
1457 msgstr "" | |
1458 | |
1459 msgid "list signed changesets" | |
1460 msgstr "" | |
1461 | |
1462 msgid "%s:%d node does not exist\n" | |
1463 msgstr "" | |
1464 | |
1465 msgid "verify all the signatures there may be for a particular revision" | |
1466 msgstr "" | |
1467 | |
1468 msgid "No valid signature for %s\n" | |
1469 msgstr "" | |
1470 | |
1471 msgid "associate a string to a key (username, comment)" | |
1472 msgstr "" | |
1473 | |
1474 msgid "" | |
1475 "add a signature for the current or given revision\n" | |
1476 "\n" | |
1477 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" | |
1478 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n" | |
1479 "\n" | |
1480 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
1481 " " | |
1482 msgstr "" | |
1483 | |
1484 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision" | |
1485 msgstr "マージが未コミットです - リビジョンを指定してください" | |
1486 | |
1487 msgid "Error while signing" | |
1488 msgstr "" | |
1489 | |
1490 msgid "" | |
1491 "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --" | |
1492 "force)" | |
1493 msgstr "" | |
1494 | |
1495 msgid "Added signature for changeset %s" | |
1496 msgstr "" | |
1497 | |
1498 msgid "map a manifest into some text" | |
1499 msgstr "" | |
1500 | |
1501 msgid "unknown signature version" | |
1502 msgstr "" | |
1503 | |
1504 msgid "make the signature local" | |
1505 msgstr "" | |
1506 | |
1507 msgid "sign even if the sigfile is modified" | |
1508 msgstr "" | |
1509 | |
1510 msgid "do not commit the sigfile after signing" | |
1511 msgstr "" | |
1512 | |
1513 msgid "the key id to sign with" | |
1514 msgstr "" | |
1515 | |
1516 msgid "commit message" | |
1517 msgstr "" | |
1518 | |
1519 msgid "hg sign [OPTION]... [REVISION]..." | |
1520 msgstr "" | |
1521 | |
1522 msgid "hg sigcheck REVISION" | |
1523 msgstr "" | |
1524 | |
1525 msgid "hg sigs" | |
1526 msgstr "" | |
1527 | |
1528 msgid "" | |
1529 "show revision graphs in terminal windows\n" | |
1530 "\n" | |
1531 "This extension adds a --graph option to the incoming, outgoing and log\n" | |
1532 "commands. When this options is given, an ascii representation of the\n" | |
1533 "revision graph is also shown.\n" | |
1534 msgstr "" | |
1535 | |
1536 msgid "" | |
1537 "cset DAG generator yielding (rev, node, [parents]) tuples\n" | |
1538 "\n" | |
1539 " This generator function walks through the revision history from " | |
1540 "revision\n" | |
1541 " start to revision stop (which must be less than or equal to start).\n" | |
1542 " " | |
1543 msgstr "" | |
1544 | |
1545 msgid "" | |
1546 "file cset DAG generator yielding (rev, node, [parents]) tuples\n" | |
1547 "\n" | |
1548 " This generator function walks through the revision history of a single\n" | |
1549 " file from revision start to revision stop (which must be less than or\n" | |
1550 " equal to start).\n" | |
1551 " " | |
1552 msgstr "" | |
1553 | |
1554 msgid "" | |
1555 "grapher for asciigraph on a list of nodes and their parents\n" | |
1556 "\n" | |
1557 " nodes must generate tuples (node, parents, char, lines) where\n" | |
1558 " - parents must generate the parents of node, in sorted order,\n" | |
1559 " and max length 2,\n" | |
1560 " - char is the char to print as the node symbol, and\n" | |
1561 " - lines are the lines to display next to the node.\n" | |
1562 " " | |
1563 msgstr "" | |
1564 | |
1565 msgid "" | |
1566 "prints an ASCII graph of the DAG returned by the grapher\n" | |
1567 "\n" | |
1568 " grapher is a generator that emits tuples with the following elements:\n" | |
1569 "\n" | |
1570 " - Character to use as node's symbol.\n" | |
1571 " - List of lines to display as the node's text.\n" | |
1572 " - Column of the current node in the set of ongoing edges.\n" | |
1573 " - Edges; a list of (col, next_col) indicating the edges between\n" | |
1574 " the current node and its parents.\n" | |
1575 " - Number of columns (ongoing edges) in the current revision.\n" | |
1576 " - The difference between the number of columns (ongoing edges)\n" | |
1577 " in the next revision and the number of columns (ongoing edges)\n" | |
1578 " in the current revision. That is: -1 means one column removed;\n" | |
1579 " 0 means no columns added or removed; 1 means one column added.\n" | |
1580 " " | |
1581 msgstr "" | |
1582 | |
1583 msgid "limit must be a positive integer" | |
1584 msgstr "" | |
1585 | |
1586 msgid "limit must be positive" | |
1587 msgstr "" | |
1588 | |
1589 msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s" | |
1590 msgstr "" | |
1591 | |
1592 msgid "" | |
1593 "show revision history alongside an ASCII revision graph\n" | |
1594 "\n" | |
1595 " Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n" | |
1596 " ASCII characters.\n" | |
1597 "\n" | |
1598 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n" | |
1599 " directory.\n" | |
1600 " " | |
1601 msgstr "" | |
1602 | |
1603 msgid "" | |
1604 "cset DAG generator yielding (node, [parents]) tuples\n" | |
1605 "\n" | |
1606 " This generator function walks through the revisions not found\n" | |
1607 " in the destination\n" | |
1608 " " | |
1609 msgstr "" | |
1610 | |
1611 msgid "comparing with %s\n" | |
1612 msgstr "%s と比較中\n" | |
1613 | |
1614 msgid "no changes found\n" | |
1615 msgstr "新たなチェンジセットはありません\n" | |
1616 | |
1617 msgid "" | |
1618 "show the outgoing changesets alongside an ASCII revision graph\n" | |
1619 "\n" | |
1620 " Print the outgoing changesets alongside a revision graph drawn with\n" | |
1621 " ASCII characters.\n" | |
1622 "\n" | |
1623 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n" | |
1624 " directory.\n" | |
1625 " " | |
1626 msgstr "" | |
1627 | |
1628 msgid "" | |
1629 "cset DAG generator yielding (node, [parents]) tuples\n" | |
1630 "\n" | |
1631 " This generator function walks through the revisions of the destination\n" | |
1632 " not found in repo\n" | |
1633 " " | |
1634 msgstr "" | |
1635 | |
1636 msgid "" | |
1637 "show the incoming changesets alongside an ASCII revision graph\n" | |
1638 "\n" | |
1639 " Print the incoming changesets alongside a revision graph drawn with\n" | |
1640 " ASCII characters.\n" | |
1641 "\n" | |
1642 " Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n" | |
1643 " directory.\n" | |
1644 " " | |
1645 msgstr "" | |
1646 | |
1647 msgid "wrap the command" | |
1648 msgstr "" | |
1649 | |
1650 msgid "show the revision DAG" | |
1651 msgstr "" | |
1652 | |
1653 msgid "limit number of changes displayed" | |
1654 msgstr "チェンジセット表示数の制限" | |
1655 | |
1656 msgid "show patch" | |
1657 msgstr "パッチ形式での表示" | |
1658 | |
1659 msgid "show the specified revision or range" | |
1660 msgstr "指定された単一ないし範囲内のリビジョンの表示" | |
1661 | |
1662 msgid "hg glog [OPTION]... [FILE]" | |
1663 msgstr "" | |
1664 | |
1665 msgid "" | |
1666 "CIA notification\n" | |
1667 "\n" | |
1668 "This is meant to be run as a changegroup or incoming hook.\n" | |
1669 "To configure it, set the following options in your hgrc:\n" | |
1670 "\n" | |
1671 "[cia]\n" | |
1672 "# your registered CIA user name\n" | |
1673 "user = foo\n" | |
1674 "# the name of the project in CIA\n" | |
1675 "project = foo\n" | |
1676 "# the module (subproject) (optional)\n" | |
1677 "#module = foo\n" | |
1678 "# Append a diffstat to the log message (optional)\n" | |
1679 "#diffstat = False\n" | |
1680 "# Template to use for log messages (optional)\n" | |
1681 "#template = {desc}\n" | |
1682 "{baseurl}/rev/{node}-- {diffstat}\n" | |
1683 "# Style to use (optional)\n" | |
1684 "#style = foo\n" | |
1685 "# The URL of the CIA notification service (optional)\n" | |
1686 "# You can use mailto: URLs to send by email, eg\n" | |
1687 "# mailto:cia@cia.vc\n" | |
1688 "# Make sure to set email.from if you do this.\n" | |
1689 "#url = http://cia.vc/\n" | |
1690 "# print message instead of sending it (optional)\n" | |
1691 "#test = False\n" | |
1692 "\n" | |
1693 "[hooks]\n" | |
1694 "# one of these:\n" | |
1695 "changegroup.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n" | |
1696 "#incoming.cia = python:hgcia.hook\n" | |
1697 "\n" | |
1698 "[web]\n" | |
1699 "# If you want hyperlinks (optional)\n" | |
1700 "baseurl = http://server/path/to/repo\n" | |
1701 msgstr "" | |
1702 | |
1703 msgid " A CIA message " | |
1704 msgstr "" | |
1705 | |
1706 msgid " CIA notification class " | |
1707 msgstr "" | |
1708 | |
1709 msgid "hgcia: sending update to %s\n" | |
1710 msgstr "" | |
1711 | |
1712 msgid " send CIA notification " | |
1713 msgstr "" | |
1714 | |
1715 msgid "email.from must be defined when sending by email" | |
1716 msgstr "" | |
1717 | |
1718 msgid "cia: no user specified" | |
1719 msgstr "" | |
1720 | |
1721 msgid "cia: no project specified" | |
1722 msgstr "" | |
1723 | |
1724 msgid "" | |
1725 "browsing the repository in a graphical way\n" | |
1726 "\n" | |
1727 "The hgk extension allows browsing the history of a repository in a\n" | |
1728 "graphical way. It requires Tcl/Tk version 8.4 or later. (Tcl/Tk is\n" | |
1729 "not distributed with Mercurial.)\n" | |
1730 "\n" | |
1731 "hgk consists of two parts: a Tcl script that does the displaying and\n" | |
1732 "querying of information, and an extension to mercurial named hgk.py,\n" | |
1733 "which provides hooks for hgk to get information. hgk can be found in\n" | |
1734 "the contrib directory, and hgk.py can be found in the hgext directory.\n" | |
1735 "\n" | |
1736 "To load the hgext.py extension, add it to your .hgrc file (you have\n" | |
1737 "to use your global $HOME/.hgrc file, not one in a repository). You\n" | |
1738 "can specify an absolute path:\n" | |
1739 "\n" | |
1740 " [extensions]\n" | |
1741 " hgk=/usr/local/lib/hgk.py\n" | |
1742 "\n" | |
1743 "Mercurial can also scan the default python library path for a file\n" | |
1744 "named 'hgk.py' if you set hgk empty:\n" | |
1745 "\n" | |
1746 " [extensions]\n" | |
1747 " hgk=\n" | |
1748 "\n" | |
1749 "The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n" | |
1750 "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can\n" | |
1751 "specify the path to hgk in your .hgrc file:\n" | |
1752 "\n" | |
1753 " [hgk]\n" | |
1754 " path=/location/of/hgk\n" | |
1755 "\n" | |
1756 "hgk can make use of the extdiff extension to visualize revisions.\n" | |
1757 "Assuming you had already configured extdiff vdiff command, just add:\n" | |
1758 "\n" | |
1759 " [hgk]\n" | |
1760 " vdiff=vdiff\n" | |
1761 "\n" | |
1762 "Revisions context menu will now display additional entries to fire\n" | |
1763 "vdiff on hovered and selected revisions." | |
1764 msgstr "" | |
1765 | |
1766 msgid "diff trees from two commits" | |
1767 msgstr "" | |
1768 | |
1769 msgid "output common ancestor information" | |
1770 msgstr "" | |
1771 | |
1772 msgid "cat a specific revision" | |
1773 msgstr "" | |
1774 | |
1775 msgid "cat-file: type or revision not supplied\n" | |
1776 msgstr "" | |
1777 | |
1778 msgid "aborting hg cat-file only understands commits\n" | |
1779 msgstr "" | |
1780 | |
1781 msgid "parse given revisions" | |
1782 msgstr "" | |
1783 | |
1784 msgid "print revisions" | |
1785 msgstr "" | |
1786 | |
1787 msgid "print extension options" | |
1788 msgstr "" | |
1789 | |
1790 msgid "start interactive history viewer" | |
1791 msgstr "" | |
1792 | |
1793 msgid "hg view [-l LIMIT] [REVRANGE]" | |
1794 msgstr "" | |
1795 | |
1796 msgid "generate patch" | |
1797 msgstr "" | |
1798 | |
1799 msgid "recursive" | |
1800 msgstr "" | |
1801 | |
1802 msgid "pretty" | |
1803 msgstr "" | |
1804 | |
1805 msgid "stdin" | |
1806 msgstr "" | |
1807 | |
1808 msgid "detect copies" | |
1809 msgstr "" | |
1810 | |
1811 msgid "search" | |
1812 msgstr "" | |
1813 | |
1814 msgid "hg git-diff-tree [OPTION]... NODE1 NODE2 [FILE]..." | |
1815 msgstr "" | |
1816 | |
1817 msgid "hg debug-cat-file [OPTION]... TYPE FILE" | |
1818 msgstr "" | |
1819 | |
1820 msgid "hg debug-config" | |
1821 msgstr "" | |
1822 | |
1823 msgid "hg debug-merge-base node node" | |
1824 msgstr "" | |
1825 | |
1826 msgid "ignored" | |
1827 msgstr "" | |
1828 | |
1829 msgid "hg debug-rev-parse REV" | |
1830 msgstr "" | |
1831 | |
1832 msgid "header" | |
1833 msgstr "" | |
1834 | |
1835 msgid "topo-order" | |
1836 msgstr "" | |
1837 | |
1838 msgid "parents" | |
1839 msgstr "" | |
1840 | |
1841 msgid "max-count" | |
1842 msgstr "" | |
1843 | |
1844 msgid "hg debug-rev-list [options] revs" | |
1845 msgstr "" | |
1846 | |
1847 msgid "" | |
1848 "syntax highlighting in hgweb, based on Pygments\n" | |
1849 "\n" | |
1850 "It depends on the pygments syntax highlighting library:\n" | |
1851 "http://pygments.org/\n" | |
1852 "\n" | |
1853 "To enable the extension add this to hgrc:\n" | |
1854 "\n" | |
1855 "[extensions]\n" | |
1856 "hgext.highlight =\n" | |
1857 "\n" | |
1858 "There is a single configuration option:\n" | |
1859 "\n" | |
1860 "[web]\n" | |
1861 "pygments_style = <style>\n" | |
1862 "\n" | |
1863 "The default is 'colorful'.\n" | |
1864 "\n" | |
1865 "-- Adam Hupp <adam@hupp.org>\n" | |
1866 msgstr "" | |
1867 | |
1868 msgid "inotify-based status acceleration for Linux systems\n" | |
1869 msgstr "" | |
1870 | |
1871 msgid "start an inotify server for this repository" | |
1872 msgstr "" | |
1873 | |
1874 msgid "(found dead inotify server socket; removing it)\n" | |
1875 msgstr "" | |
1876 | |
1877 msgid "(starting inotify server)\n" | |
1878 msgstr "" | |
1879 | |
1880 msgid "could not start inotify server: %s\n" | |
1881 msgstr "" | |
1882 | |
1883 msgid "could not talk to new inotify server: %s\n" | |
1884 msgstr "" | |
1885 | |
1886 msgid "(inotify server not running)\n" | |
1887 msgstr "" | |
1888 | |
1889 msgid "failed to contact inotify server: %s\n" | |
1890 msgstr "" | |
1891 | |
1892 msgid "run server in background" | |
1893 msgstr "バックグラウンドでのサーバ実行" | |
1894 | |
1895 msgid "used internally by daemon mode" | |
1896 msgstr "バックグラウンド実行時での内部用途向け" | |
1897 | |
1898 msgid "minutes to sit idle before exiting" | |
1899 msgstr "" | |
1900 | |
1901 msgid "name of file to write process ID to" | |
1902 msgstr "プロセスID書き出し先ファイル名" | |
1903 | |
1904 msgid "hg inserve [OPT]..." | |
1905 msgstr "" | |
1906 | |
1907 msgid "(inotify: received response from incompatible server version %d)\n" | |
1908 msgstr "" | |
1909 | |
1910 msgid "this system does not seem to support inotify" | |
1911 msgstr "" | |
1912 | |
1913 msgid "*** the current per-user limit on the number of inotify watches is %s\n" | |
1914 msgstr "" | |
1915 | |
1916 msgid "*** this limit is too low to watch every directory in this repository\n" | |
1917 msgstr "" | |
1918 | |
1919 msgid "*** counting directories: " | |
1920 msgstr "" | |
1921 | |
1922 msgid "found %d\n" | |
1923 msgstr "" | |
1924 | |
1925 msgid "*** to raise the limit from %d to %d (run as root):\n" | |
1926 msgstr "" | |
1927 | |
1928 msgid "*** echo %d > %s\n" | |
1929 msgstr "" | |
1930 | |
1931 msgid "cannot watch %s until inotify watch limit is raised" | |
1932 msgstr "" | |
1933 | |
1934 msgid "inotify service not available: %s" | |
1935 msgstr "" | |
1936 | |
1937 msgid "watching %r\n" | |
1938 msgstr "" | |
1939 | |
1940 msgid "watching directories under %r\n" | |
1941 msgstr "" | |
1942 | |
1943 msgid "status: %r dir(%d) -> %s\n" | |
1944 msgstr "" | |
1945 | |
1946 msgid "status: %r %s -> %s\n" | |
1947 msgstr "" | |
1948 | |
1949 msgid "%s dirstate reload\n" | |
1950 msgstr "" | |
1951 | |
1952 msgid "%s end dirstate reload\n" | |
1953 msgstr "" | |
1954 | |
1955 msgid "rescanning due to .hgignore change\n" | |
1956 msgstr "" | |
1957 | |
1958 msgid "%s event: created %s\n" | |
1959 msgstr "" | |
1960 | |
1961 msgid "%s event: deleted %s\n" | |
1962 msgstr "" | |
1963 | |
1964 msgid "%s event: modified %s\n" | |
1965 msgstr "" | |
1966 | |
1967 msgid "filesystem containing %s was unmounted\n" | |
1968 msgstr "" | |
1969 | |
1970 msgid "%s readable: %d bytes\n" | |
1971 msgstr "" | |
1972 | |
1973 msgid "%s below threshold - unhooking\n" | |
1974 msgstr "" | |
1975 | |
1976 msgid "%s reading %d events\n" | |
1977 msgstr "" | |
1978 | |
1979 msgid "%s hooking back up with %d bytes readable\n" | |
1980 msgstr "" | |
1981 | |
1982 msgid "%s processing %d deferred events as %d\n" | |
1983 msgstr "" | |
1984 | |
1985 msgid "could not start server: %s" | |
1986 msgstr "" | |
1987 | |
1988 msgid "received query from incompatible client version %d\n" | |
1989 msgstr "" | |
1990 | |
1991 msgid "answering query for %r\n" | |
1992 msgstr "" | |
1993 | |
1994 msgid "finished setup\n" | |
1995 msgstr "" | |
1996 | |
1997 msgid "polling: no timeout\n" | |
1998 msgstr "" | |
1999 | |
2000 msgid "polling: %sms timeout\n" | |
2001 msgstr "" | |
2002 | |
2003 msgid "interhg: invalid pattern for %s: %s\n" | |
2004 msgstr "" | |
2005 | |
2006 msgid "interhg: invalid regexp for %s: %s\n" | |
2007 msgstr "" | |
2008 | |
2009 msgid "" | |
2010 "keyword expansion in local repositories\n" | |
2011 "\n" | |
2012 "This extension expands RCS/CVS-like or self-customized $Keywords$\n" | |
2013 "in tracked text files selected by your configuration.\n" | |
2014 "\n" | |
2015 "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in\n" | |
2016 "the change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience\n" | |
2017 "for the current user or for archive distribution.\n" | |
2018 "\n" | |
2019 "Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections\n" | |
2020 "of hgrc files.\n" | |
2021 "\n" | |
2022 "Example:\n" | |
2023 "\n" | |
2024 " [keyword]\n" | |
2025 " # expand keywords in every python file except those matching \"x*\"\n" | |
2026 " **.py =\n" | |
2027 " x* = ignore\n" | |
2028 "\n" | |
2029 "Note: the more specific you are in your filename patterns\n" | |
2030 " the less you lose speed in huge repos.\n" | |
2031 "\n" | |
2032 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n" | |
2033 "control run \"hg kwdemo\".\n" | |
2034 "\n" | |
2035 "An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided.\n" | |
2036 "\n" | |
2037 "The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be replaced\n" | |
2038 "with customized keywords and templates.\n" | |
2039 "Again, run \"hg kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes.\n" | |
2040 "\n" | |
2041 "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n" | |
2042 "the risk of inadvertedly storing expanded keywords in the change history.\n" | |
2043 "\n" | |
2044 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n" | |
2045 "\"hg kwexpand\".\n" | |
2046 "\n" | |
2047 "Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord, be " | |
2048 "aware\n" | |
2049 "that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on the files in\n" | |
2050 "question to update keyword expansions after all changes have been checked " | |
2051 "in.\n" | |
2052 "\n" | |
2053 "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n" | |
2054 "like CVS' $Log$, are not supported. A keyword template map\n" | |
2055 "\"Log = {desc}\" expands to the first line of the changeset description.\n" | |
2056 msgstr "" | |
2057 | |
2058 msgid "Returns hgdate in cvs-like UTC format." | |
2059 msgstr "" | |
2060 | |
2061 msgid "" | |
2062 "\n" | |
2063 " Sets up keyword templates, corresponding keyword regex, and\n" | |
2064 " provides keyword substitution functions.\n" | |
2065 " " | |
2066 msgstr "" | |
2067 | |
2068 msgid "Replaces keywords in data with expanded template." | |
2069 msgstr "" | |
2070 | |
2071 msgid "Returns data with keywords expanded." | |
2072 msgstr "" | |
2073 | |
2074 msgid "" | |
2075 "Returns true if path matches [keyword] pattern\n" | |
2076 " and is not a symbolic link.\n" | |
2077 " Caveat: localrepository._link fails on Windows." | |
2078 msgstr "" | |
2079 | |
2080 msgid "Overwrites selected files expanding/shrinking keywords." | |
2081 msgstr "" | |
2082 | |
2083 msgid "overwriting %s %s keywords\n" | |
2084 msgstr "" | |
2085 | |
2086 msgid "Unconditionally removes all keyword substitutions from text." | |
2087 msgstr "" | |
2088 | |
2089 msgid "Returns text with all keyword substitutions removed." | |
2090 msgstr "" | |
2091 | |
2092 msgid "Returns lines with keyword substitutions removed." | |
2093 msgstr "" | |
2094 | |
2095 msgid "" | |
2096 "If in restricted mode returns data read from wdir with\n" | |
2097 " keyword substitutions removed." | |
2098 msgstr "" | |
2099 | |
2100 msgid "" | |
2101 "\n" | |
2102 " Subclass of filelog to hook into its read, add, cmp methods.\n" | |
2103 " Keywords are \"stored\" unexpanded, and processed on reading.\n" | |
2104 " " | |
2105 msgstr "" | |
2106 | |
2107 msgid "Expands keywords when reading filelog." | |
2108 msgstr "" | |
2109 | |
2110 msgid "Removes keyword substitutions when adding to filelog." | |
2111 msgstr "" | |
2112 | |
2113 msgid "Removes keyword substitutions for comparison." | |
2114 msgstr "" | |
2115 | |
2116 msgid "" | |
2117 "Bails out if [keyword] configuration is not active.\n" | |
2118 " Returns status of working directory." | |
2119 msgstr "" | |
2120 | |
2121 msgid "[keyword] patterns cannot match" | |
2122 msgstr "" | |
2123 | |
2124 msgid "no [keyword] patterns configured" | |
2125 msgstr "" | |
2126 | |
2127 msgid "Selects files and passes them to kwtemplater.overwrite." | |
2128 msgstr "" | |
2129 | |
2130 msgid "" | |
2131 "print [keywordmaps] configuration and an expansion example\n" | |
2132 "\n" | |
2133 " Show current, custom, or default keyword template maps\n" | |
2134 " and their expansion.\n" | |
2135 "\n" | |
2136 " Extend current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n" | |
2137 " and optionally by reading from an additional hgrc file.\n" | |
2138 "\n" | |
2139 " Override current keyword template maps with \"default\" option.\n" | |
2140 " " | |
2141 msgstr "" | |
2142 | |
2143 msgid "" | |
2144 "\n" | |
2145 "\t%s\n" | |
2146 msgstr "" | |
2147 | |
2148 msgid "creating temporary repo at %s\n" | |
2149 msgstr "" | |
2150 | |
2151 msgid "" | |
2152 "\n" | |
2153 "%s keywords written to %s:\n" | |
2154 msgstr "" | |
2155 | |
2156 msgid "unhooked all commit hooks\n" | |
2157 msgstr "" | |
2158 | |
2159 msgid "" | |
2160 "\n" | |
2161 "removing temporary repo %s\n" | |
2162 msgstr "" | |
2163 | |
2164 msgid "" | |
2165 "expand keywords in working directory\n" | |
2166 "\n" | |
2167 " Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion.\n" | |
2168 "\n" | |
2169 " kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n" | |
2170 " " | |
2171 msgstr "" | |
2172 | |
2173 msgid "" | |
2174 "print files currently configured for keyword expansion\n" | |
2175 "\n" | |
2176 " Crosscheck which files in working directory are potential targets for\n" | |
2177 " keyword expansion.\n" | |
2178 " That is, files matched by [keyword] config patterns but not symlinks.\n" | |
2179 " " | |
2180 msgstr "" | |
2181 | |
2182 msgid "" | |
2183 "revert expanded keywords in working directory\n" | |
2184 "\n" | |
2185 " Run before changing/disabling active keywords\n" | |
2186 " or if you experience problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\".\n" | |
2187 "\n" | |
2188 " kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n" | |
2189 " " | |
2190 msgstr "" | |
2191 | |
2192 msgid "" | |
2193 "Collects [keyword] config in kwtools.\n" | |
2194 " Monkeypatches dispatch._parse if needed." | |
2195 msgstr "" | |
2196 | |
2197 msgid "Monkeypatch dispatch._parse to obtain running hg command." | |
2198 msgstr "" | |
2199 | |
2200 msgid "" | |
2201 "Sets up repo as kwrepo for keyword substitution.\n" | |
2202 " Overrides file method to return kwfilelog instead of filelog\n" | |
2203 " if file matches user configuration.\n" | |
2204 " Wraps commit to overwrite configured files with updated\n" | |
2205 " keyword substitutions.\n" | |
2206 " Monkeypatches patch and webcommands." | |
2207 msgstr "" | |
2208 | |
2209 msgid "" | |
2210 "Monkeypatch/wrap patch.patchfile.__init__ to avoid\n" | |
2211 " rejects or conflicts due to expanded keywords in working dir." | |
2212 msgstr "" | |
2213 | |
2214 msgid "" | |
2215 "Monkeypatch patch.diff to avoid expansion except when\n" | |
2216 " comparing against working dir." | |
2217 msgstr "" | |
2218 | |
2219 msgid "Wraps webcommands.x turning off keyword expansion." | |
2220 msgstr "" | |
2221 | |
2222 msgid "show default keyword template maps" | |
2223 msgstr "" | |
2224 | |
2225 msgid "read maps from rcfile" | |
2226 msgstr "" | |
2227 | |
2228 msgid "hg kwdemo [-d] [-f RCFILE] [TEMPLATEMAP]..." | |
2229 msgstr "" | |
2230 | |
2231 msgid "hg kwexpand [OPTION]... [FILE]..." | |
2232 msgstr "" | |
2233 | |
2234 msgid "show keyword status flags of all files" | |
2235 msgstr "" | |
2236 | |
2237 msgid "show files excluded from expansion" | |
2238 msgstr "" | |
2239 | |
2240 msgid "additionally show untracked files" | |
2241 msgstr "" | |
2242 | |
2243 msgid "hg kwfiles [OPTION]... [FILE]..." | |
2244 msgstr "" | |
2245 | |
2246 msgid "hg kwshrink [OPTION]... [FILE]..." | |
2247 msgstr "" | |
2248 | |
2249 msgid "" | |
2250 "patch management and development\n" | |
2251 "\n" | |
2252 "This extension lets you work with a stack of patches in a Mercurial\n" | |
2253 "repository. It manages two stacks of patches - all known patches, and\n" | |
2254 "applied patches (subset of known patches).\n" | |
2255 "\n" | |
2256 "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n" | |
2257 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets.\n" | |
2258 "\n" | |
2259 "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details):\n" | |
2260 "\n" | |
2261 "prepare repository to work with patches qinit\n" | |
2262 "create new patch qnew\n" | |
2263 "import existing patch qimport\n" | |
2264 "\n" | |
2265 "print patch series qseries\n" | |
2266 "print applied patches qapplied\n" | |
2267 "print name of top applied patch qtop\n" | |
2268 "\n" | |
2269 "add known patch to applied stack qpush\n" | |
2270 "remove patch from applied stack qpop\n" | |
2271 "refresh contents of top applied patch qrefresh\n" | |
2272 msgstr "" | |
2273 | |
2274 msgid "" | |
2275 "Update all references to a field in the patch header.\n" | |
2276 " If none found, add it email style." | |
2277 msgstr "" | |
2278 | |
2279 msgid "" | |
2280 "Remove existing message, keeping the rest of the comments fields.\n" | |
2281 " If comments contains 'subject: ', message will prepend\n" | |
2282 " the field and a blank line." | |
2283 msgstr "" | |
2284 | |
2285 msgid "%s appears more than once in %s" | |
2286 msgstr "" | |
2287 | |
2288 msgid "guard cannot be an empty string" | |
2289 msgstr "" | |
2290 | |
2291 msgid "guard %r starts with invalid character: %r" | |
2292 msgstr "" | |
2293 | |
2294 msgid "invalid character in guard %r: %r" | |
2295 msgstr "" | |
2296 | |
2297 msgid "active guards: %s\n" | |
2298 msgstr "" | |
2299 | |
2300 msgid "guard %r too short" | |
2301 msgstr "" | |
2302 | |
2303 msgid "guard %r starts with invalid char" | |
2304 msgstr "" | |
2305 | |
2306 msgid "allowing %s - no guards in effect\n" | |
2307 msgstr "" | |
2308 | |
2309 msgid "allowing %s - no matching negative guards\n" | |
2310 msgstr "" | |
2311 | |
2312 msgid "allowing %s - guarded by %r\n" | |
2313 msgstr "" | |
2314 | |
2315 msgid "skipping %s - guarded by %r\n" | |
2316 msgstr "" | |
2317 | |
2318 msgid "skipping %s - no matching guards\n" | |
2319 msgstr "" | |
2320 | |
2321 msgid "error removing undo: %s\n" | |
2322 msgstr "" | |
2323 | |
2324 msgid "apply failed for patch %s" | |
2325 msgstr "" | |
2326 | |
2327 msgid "patch didn't work out, merging %s\n" | |
2328 msgstr "" | |
2329 | |
2330 msgid "update returned %d" | |
2331 msgstr "" | |
2332 | |
2333 msgid "repo commit failed" | |
2334 msgstr "" | |
2335 | |
2336 msgid "unable to read %s" | |
2337 msgstr "" | |
2338 | |
2339 msgid "patch %s does not exist\n" | |
2340 msgstr "" | |
2341 | |
2342 msgid "patch %s is not applied\n" | |
2343 msgstr "" | |
2344 | |
2345 msgid "" | |
2346 "Apply patchfile to the working directory.\n" | |
2347 " patchfile: file name of patch" | |
2348 msgstr "" | |
2349 | |
2350 msgid "patch failed, unable to continue (try -v)\n" | |
2351 msgstr "" | |
2352 | |
2353 msgid "applying %s\n" | |
2354 msgstr "%s を適用中\n" | |
2355 | |
2356 msgid "Unable to read %s\n" | |
2357 msgstr "" | |
2358 | |
2359 msgid "imported patch %s\n" | |
2360 msgstr "" | |
2361 | |
2362 msgid "" | |
2363 "\n" | |
2364 "imported patch %s" | |
2365 msgstr "" | |
2366 | |
2367 msgid "patch %s is empty\n" | |
2368 msgstr "" | |
2369 | |
2370 msgid "patch failed, rejects left in working dir\n" | |
2371 msgstr "" | |
2372 | |
2373 msgid "fuzz found when applying patch, stopping\n" | |
2374 msgstr "" | |
2375 | |
2376 msgid "revision %d is not managed" | |
2377 msgstr "" | |
2378 | |
2379 msgid "cannot delete revision %d above applied patches" | |
2380 msgstr "" | |
2381 | |
2382 msgid "qdelete requires at least one revision or patch name" | |
2383 msgstr "" | |
2384 | |
2385 msgid "cannot delete applied patch %s" | |
2386 msgstr "" | |
2387 | |
2388 msgid "patch %s not in series file" | |
2389 msgstr "" | |
2390 | |
2391 msgid "no patches applied" | |
2392 msgstr "" | |
2393 | |
2394 msgid "working directory revision is not qtip" | |
2395 msgstr "" | |
2396 | |
2397 msgid "local changes found, refresh first" | |
2398 msgstr "" | |
2399 | |
2400 msgid "local changes found" | |
2401 msgstr "" | |
2402 | |
2403 msgid "\"%s\" cannot be used as the name of a patch" | |
2404 msgstr "" | |
2405 | |
2406 msgid "" | |
2407 "options:\n" | |
2408 " msg: a string or a no-argument function returning a string\n" | |
2409 " " | |
2410 msgstr "" | |
2411 | |
2412 msgid "patch \"%s\" already exists" | |
2413 msgstr "" | |
2414 | |
2415 msgid "error unlinking %s\n" | |
2416 msgstr "" | |
2417 | |
2418 msgid "returns (index, rev, patch)" | |
2419 msgstr "" | |
2420 | |
2421 msgid "patch name \"%s\" is ambiguous:\n" | |
2422 msgstr "" | |
2423 | |
2424 msgid "patch %s not in series" | |
2425 msgstr "" | |
2426 | |
2427 msgid "(working directory not at tip)\n" | |
2428 msgstr "" | |
2429 | |
2430 msgid "no patches in series\n" | |
2431 msgstr "" | |
2432 | |
2433 msgid "cannot push to a previous patch: %s" | |
2434 msgstr "" | |
2435 | |
2436 msgid "qpush: %s is already at the top\n" | |
2437 msgstr "" | |
2438 | |
2439 msgid "guarded by %r" | |
2440 msgstr "" | |
2441 | |
2442 msgid "no matching guards" | |
2443 msgstr "" | |
2444 | |
2445 msgid "cannot push '%s' - %s\n" | |
2446 msgstr "" | |
2447 | |
2448 msgid "all patches are currently applied\n" | |
2449 msgstr "" | |
2450 | |
2451 msgid "patch series already fully applied\n" | |
2452 msgstr "" | |
2453 | |
2454 msgid "cleaning up working directory..." | |
2455 msgstr "" | |
2456 | |
2457 msgid "errors during apply, please fix and refresh %s\n" | |
2458 msgstr "" | |
2459 | |
2460 msgid "now at: %s\n" | |
2461 msgstr "" | |
2462 | |
2463 msgid "patch %s is not applied" | |
2464 msgstr "" | |
2465 | |
2466 msgid "no patches applied\n" | |
2467 msgstr "" | |
2468 | |
2469 msgid "qpop: %s is already at the top\n" | |
2470 msgstr "" | |
2471 | |
2472 msgid "qpop: forcing dirstate update\n" | |
2473 msgstr "" | |
2474 | |
2475 msgid "trying to pop unknown node %s" | |
2476 msgstr "" | |
2477 | |
2478 msgid "popping would remove a revision not managed by this patch queue" | |
2479 msgstr "" | |
2480 | |
2481 msgid "deletions found between repo revs" | |
2482 msgstr "" | |
2483 | |
2484 msgid "patch queue now empty\n" | |
2485 msgstr "" | |
2486 | |
2487 msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children" | |
2488 msgstr "" | |
2489 | |
2490 msgid "" | |
2491 "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to " | |
2492 "recover)\n" | |
2493 msgstr "" | |
2494 | |
2495 msgid "patch queue directory already exists" | |
2496 msgstr "" | |
2497 | |
2498 msgid "patch %s is not in series file" | |
2499 msgstr "" | |
2500 | |
2501 msgid "No saved patch data found\n" | |
2502 msgstr "" | |
2503 | |
2504 msgid "restoring status: %s\n" | |
2505 msgstr "" | |
2506 | |
2507 msgid "save entry has children, leaving it alone\n" | |
2508 msgstr "" | |
2509 | |
2510 msgid "removing save entry %s\n" | |
2511 msgstr "" | |
2512 | |
2513 msgid "saved queue repository parents: %s %s\n" | |
2514 msgstr "" | |
2515 | |
2516 msgid "queue directory updating\n" | |
2517 msgstr "" | |
2518 | |
2519 msgid "Unable to load queue repository\n" | |
2520 msgstr "" | |
2521 | |
2522 msgid "save: no patches applied, exiting\n" | |
2523 msgstr "" | |
2524 | |
2525 msgid "status is already saved\n" | |
2526 msgstr "" | |
2527 | |
2528 msgid "hg patches saved state" | |
2529 msgstr "" | |
2530 | |
2531 msgid "repo commit failed\n" | |
2532 msgstr "" | |
2533 | |
2534 msgid "" | |
2535 "If all_patches is False, return the index of the next pushable patch\n" | |
2536 " in the series, or the series length. If all_patches is True, return " | |
2537 "the\n" | |
2538 " index of the first patch past the last applied one.\n" | |
2539 " " | |
2540 msgstr "" | |
2541 | |
2542 msgid "patch %s is already in the series file" | |
2543 msgstr "" | |
2544 | |
2545 msgid "option \"-r\" not valid when importing files" | |
2546 msgstr "" | |
2547 | |
2548 msgid "option \"-n\" not valid when importing multiple patches" | |
2549 msgstr "" | |
2550 | |
2551 msgid "revision %d is the root of more than one branch" | |
2552 msgstr "" | |
2553 | |
2554 msgid "revision %d is already managed" | |
2555 msgstr "" | |
2556 | |
2557 msgid "revision %d is not the parent of the queue" | |
2558 msgstr "" | |
2559 | |
2560 msgid "revision %d has unmanaged children" | |
2561 msgstr "" | |
2562 | |
2563 msgid "cannot import merge revision %d" | |
2564 msgstr "" | |
2565 | |
2566 msgid "revision %d is not the parent of %d" | |
2567 msgstr "" | |
2568 | |
2569 msgid "-e is incompatible with import from -" | |
2570 msgstr "" | |
2571 | |
2572 msgid "patch %s does not exist" | |
2573 msgstr "" | |
2574 | |
2575 msgid "need --name to import a patch from -" | |
2576 msgstr "" | |
2577 | |
2578 msgid "adding %s to series file\n" | |
2579 msgstr "" | |
2580 | |
2581 msgid "" | |
2582 "remove patches from queue\n" | |
2583 "\n" | |
2584 " The patches must not be applied, unless they are arguments to\n" | |
2585 " the --rev parameter. At least one patch or revision is required.\n" | |
2586 "\n" | |
2587 " With --rev, mq will stop managing the named revisions (converting\n" | |
2588 " them to regular mercurial changesets). The qfinish command should be\n" | |
2589 " used as an alternative for qdel -r, as the latter option is deprecated.\n" | |
2590 "\n" | |
2591 " With --keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory." | |
2592 msgstr "" | |
2593 | |
2594 msgid "print the patches already applied" | |
2595 msgstr "" | |
2596 | |
2597 msgid "print the patches not yet applied" | |
2598 msgstr "" | |
2599 | |
2600 msgid "" | |
2601 "import a patch\n" | |
2602 "\n" | |
2603 " The patch is inserted into the series after the last applied patch.\n" | |
2604 " If no patches have been applied, qimport prepends the patch\n" | |
2605 " to the series.\n" | |
2606 "\n" | |
2607 " The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n" | |
2608 " give it a new one with --name.\n" | |
2609 "\n" | |
2610 " You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory\n" | |
2611 " with the --existing flag.\n" | |
2612 "\n" | |
2613 " With --force, an existing patch of the same name will be overwritten.\n" | |
2614 "\n" | |
2615 " An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with --rev\n" | |
2616 " (e.g. qimport --rev tip -n patch will place tip under mq control).\n" | |
2617 " With --git, patches imported with --rev will use the git diff\n" | |
2618 " format. See the diffs help topic for information on why this is\n" | |
2619 " important for preserving rename/copy information and permission " | |
2620 "changes.\n" | |
2621 " " | |
2622 msgstr "" | |
2623 | |
2624 msgid "" | |
2625 "init a new queue repository\n" | |
2626 "\n" | |
2627 " The queue repository is unversioned by default. If -c is\n" | |
2628 " specified, qinit will create a separate nested repository\n" | |
2629 " for patches (qinit -c may also be run later to convert\n" | |
2630 " an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one).\n" | |
2631 " You can use qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository." | |
2632 msgstr "" | |
2633 | |
2634 msgid "" | |
2635 "clone main and patch repository at same time\n" | |
2636 "\n" | |
2637 " If source is local, destination will have no patches applied. If\n" | |
2638 " source is remote, this command can not check if patches are\n" | |
2639 " applied in source, so cannot guarantee that patches are not\n" | |
2640 " applied in destination. If you clone remote repository, be sure\n" | |
2641 " before that it has no patches applied.\n" | |
2642 "\n" | |
2643 " Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n" | |
2644 " default. Use -p <url> to change.\n" | |
2645 "\n" | |
2646 " The patch directory must be a nested mercurial repository, as\n" | |
2647 " would be created by qinit -c.\n" | |
2648 " " | |
2649 msgstr "" | |
2650 | |
2651 msgid "versioned patch repository not found (see qinit -c)" | |
2652 msgstr "" | |
2653 | |
2654 msgid "cloning main repo\n" | |
2655 msgstr "" | |
2656 | |
2657 msgid "cloning patch repo\n" | |
2658 msgstr "" | |
2659 | |
2660 msgid "stripping applied patches from destination repo\n" | |
2661 msgstr "" | |
2662 | |
2663 msgid "updating destination repo\n" | |
2664 msgstr "" | |
2665 | |
2666 msgid "commit changes in the queue repository" | |
2667 msgstr "" | |
2668 | |
2669 msgid "print the entire series file" | |
2670 msgstr "" | |
2671 | |
2672 msgid "print the name of the current patch" | |
2673 msgstr "" | |
2674 | |
2675 msgid "print the name of the next patch" | |
2676 msgstr "" | |
2677 | |
2678 msgid "all patches applied\n" | |
2679 msgstr "" | |
2680 | |
2681 msgid "print the name of the previous patch" | |
2682 msgstr "" | |
2683 | |
2684 msgid "only one patch applied\n" | |
2685 msgstr "" | |
2686 | |
2687 msgid "" | |
2688 "create a new patch\n" | |
2689 "\n" | |
2690 " qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if " | |
2691 "any).\n" | |
2692 " It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes unless -f is\n" | |
2693 " specified, in which case the patch will be initialized with them. You\n" | |
2694 " may also use -I, -X, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n" | |
2695 " only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest as\n" | |
2696 " uncommitted modifications.\n" | |
2697 "\n" | |
2698 " -u and -d can be used to set the (given) user and date, respectively.\n" | |
2699 " -U and -D set user to current user and date to current date.\n" | |
2700 "\n" | |
2701 " -e, -m or -l set the patch header as well as the commit message. If " | |
2702 "none\n" | |
2703 " is specified, the header is empty and the commit message is '[mq]: " | |
2704 "PATCH'.\n" | |
2705 "\n" | |
2706 " Use the --git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n" | |
2707 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n" | |
2708 " is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n" | |
2709 " information.\n" | |
2710 " " | |
2711 msgstr "" | |
2712 | |
2713 msgid "" | |
2714 "update the current patch\n" | |
2715 "\n" | |
2716 " If any file patterns are provided, the refreshed patch will contain " | |
2717 "only\n" | |
2718 " the modifications that match those patterns; the remaining " | |
2719 "modifications\n" | |
2720 " will remain in the working directory.\n" | |
2721 "\n" | |
2722 " If --short is specified, files currently included in the patch will\n" | |
2723 " be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch.\n" | |
2724 "\n" | |
2725 " hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to use\n" | |
2726 " git-style patches (--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies and renames.\n" | |
2727 " See the diffs help topic for more information on the git diff format.\n" | |
2728 " " | |
2729 msgstr "" | |
2730 | |
2731 msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\"" | |
2732 msgstr "" | |
2733 | |
2734 msgid "" | |
2735 "diff of the current patch and subsequent modifications\n" | |
2736 "\n" | |
2737 " Shows a diff which includes the current patch as well as any changes " | |
2738 "which\n" | |
2739 " have been made in the working directory since the last refresh (thus\n" | |
2740 " showing what the current patch would become after a qrefresh).\n" | |
2741 "\n" | |
2742 " Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the last\n" | |
2743 " qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made by the\n" | |
2744 " current patch without including changes made since the qrefresh.\n" | |
2745 " " | |
2746 msgstr "" | |
2747 | |
2748 msgid "" | |
2749 "fold the named patches into the current patch\n" | |
2750 "\n" | |
2751 " Patches must not yet be applied. Each patch will be successively\n" | |
2752 " applied to the current patch in the order given. If all the\n" | |
2753 " patches apply successfully, the current patch will be refreshed\n" | |
2754 " with the new cumulative patch, and the folded patches will\n" | |
2755 " be deleted. With -k/--keep, the folded patch files will not\n" | |
2756 " be removed afterwards.\n" | |
2757 "\n" | |
2758 " The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with\n" | |
2759 " the current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'." | |
2760 msgstr "" | |
2761 | |
2762 msgid "qfold requires at least one patch name" | |
2763 msgstr "" | |
2764 | |
2765 msgid "No patches applied" | |
2766 msgstr "" | |
2767 | |
2768 msgid "Skipping already folded patch %s" | |
2769 msgstr "" | |
2770 | |
2771 msgid "qfold cannot fold already applied patch %s" | |
2772 msgstr "" | |
2773 | |
2774 msgid "Error folding patch %s" | |
2775 msgstr "" | |
2776 | |
2777 msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack" | |
2778 msgstr "" | |
2779 | |
2780 msgid "" | |
2781 "set or print guards for a patch\n" | |
2782 "\n" | |
2783 " Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n" | |
2784 " guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n" | |
2785 " pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n" | |
2786 " a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n" | |
2787 " has activated it.\n" | |
2788 "\n" | |
2789 " With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n" | |
2790 " With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n" | |
2791 "\n" | |
2792 " To set a negative guard \"-foo\" on topmost patch (\"--\" is needed so\n" | |
2793 " hg will not interpret \"-foo\" as an option):\n" | |
2794 " hg qguard -- -foo\n" | |
2795 "\n" | |
2796 " To set guards on another patch:\n" | |
2797 " hg qguard other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n" | |
2798 " " | |
2799 msgstr "" | |
2800 | |
2801 msgid "cannot mix -l/--list with options or arguments" | |
2802 msgstr "" | |
2803 | |
2804 msgid "no patch to work with" | |
2805 msgstr "" | |
2806 | |
2807 msgid "no patch named %s" | |
2808 msgstr "" | |
2809 | |
2810 msgid "print the header of the topmost or specified patch" | |
2811 msgstr "" | |
2812 | |
2813 msgid "" | |
2814 "push the next patch onto the stack\n" | |
2815 "\n" | |
2816 " When --force is applied, all local changes in patched files will be " | |
2817 "lost.\n" | |
2818 " " | |
2819 msgstr "" | |
2820 | |
2821 msgid "no saved queues found, please use -n\n" | |
2822 msgstr "" | |
2823 | |
2824 msgid "merging with queue at: %s\n" | |
2825 msgstr "" | |
2826 | |
2827 msgid "" | |
2828 "pop the current patch off the stack\n" | |
2829 "\n" | |
2830 " By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch name,\n" | |
2831 " keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the top of the " | |
2832 "stack.\n" | |
2833 " " | |
2834 msgstr "" | |
2835 | |
2836 msgid "using patch queue: %s\n" | |
2837 msgstr "" | |
2838 | |
2839 msgid "" | |
2840 "rename a patch\n" | |
2841 "\n" | |
2842 " With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n" | |
2843 " With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2." | |
2844 msgstr "" | |
2845 | |
2846 msgid "%s already exists" | |
2847 msgstr "" | |
2848 | |
2849 msgid "A patch named %s already exists in the series file" | |
2850 msgstr "" | |
2851 | |
2852 msgid "restore the queue state saved by a rev" | |
2853 msgstr "" | |
2854 | |
2855 msgid "save current queue state" | |
2856 msgstr "" | |
2857 | |
2858 msgid "destination %s exists and is not a directory" | |
2859 msgstr "" | |
2860 | |
2861 msgid "destination %s exists, use -f to force" | |
2862 msgstr "" | |
2863 | |
2864 msgid "copy %s to %s\n" | |
2865 msgstr "" | |
2866 | |
2867 msgid "" | |
2868 "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository\n" | |
2869 "\n" | |
2870 " If one of the working dir's parent revisions is stripped, the working\n" | |
2871 " directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped revision.\n" | |
2872 " " | |
2873 msgstr "" | |
2874 | |
2875 msgid "" | |
2876 "set or print guarded patches to push\n" | |
2877 "\n" | |
2878 " Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n" | |
2879 " qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if it\n" | |
2880 " has no guards or any positive guards match the currently selected " | |
2881 "guard,\n" | |
2882 " but will not be pushed if any negative guards match the current guard.\n" | |
2883 " For example:\n" | |
2884 "\n" | |
2885 " qguard foo.patch -stable (negative guard)\n" | |
2886 " qguard bar.patch +stable (positive guard)\n" | |
2887 " qselect stable\n" | |
2888 "\n" | |
2889 " This activates the \"stable\" guard. mq will skip foo.patch (because\n" | |
2890 " it has a negative match) but push bar.patch (because it\n" | |
2891 " has a positive match).\n" | |
2892 "\n" | |
2893 " With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n" | |
2894 " With one argument, sets the active guard.\n" | |
2895 "\n" | |
2896 " Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n" | |
2897 " When no guards are active, patches with positive guards are skipped\n" | |
2898 " and patches with negative guards are pushed.\n" | |
2899 "\n" | |
2900 " qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n" | |
2901 " guarded patches by default. Use --pop to pop back to the last applied\n" | |
2902 " patch that is not guarded. Use --reapply (which implies --pop) to push\n" | |
2903 " back to the current patch afterwards, but skip guarded patches.\n" | |
2904 "\n" | |
2905 " Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file (no\n" | |
2906 " other arguments needed). Use -v for more information." | |
2907 msgstr "" | |
2908 | |
2909 msgid "guards deactivated\n" | |
2910 msgstr "" | |
2911 | |
2912 msgid "number of unguarded, unapplied patches has changed from %d to %d\n" | |
2913 msgstr "" | |
2914 | |
2915 msgid "number of guarded, applied patches has changed from %d to %d\n" | |
2916 msgstr "" | |
2917 | |
2918 msgid "guards in series file:\n" | |
2919 msgstr "" | |
2920 | |
2921 msgid "no guards in series file\n" | |
2922 msgstr "" | |
2923 | |
2924 msgid "active guards:\n" | |
2925 msgstr "" | |
2926 | |
2927 msgid "no active guards\n" | |
2928 msgstr "" | |
2929 | |
2930 msgid "popping guarded patches\n" | |
2931 msgstr "" | |
2932 | |
2933 msgid "reapplying unguarded patches\n" | |
2934 msgstr "" | |
2935 | |
2936 msgid "" | |
2937 "move applied patches into repository history\n" | |
2938 "\n" | |
2939 " Finishes the specified revisions (corresponding to applied patches) by\n" | |
2940 " moving them out of mq control into regular repository history.\n" | |
2941 "\n" | |
2942 " Accepts a revision range or the --applied option. If --applied is\n" | |
2943 " specified, all applied mq revisions are removed from mq control.\n" | |
2944 " Otherwise, the given revisions must be at the base of the stack of\n" | |
2945 " applied patches.\n" | |
2946 "\n" | |
2947 " This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to an\n" | |
2948 " upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes to " | |
2949 "upstream.\n" | |
2950 " " | |
2951 msgstr "" | |
2952 | |
2953 msgid "no revisions specified" | |
2954 msgstr "" | |
2955 | |
2956 msgid "cannot commit over an applied mq patch" | |
2957 msgstr "" | |
2958 | |
2959 msgid "source has mq patches applied" | |
2960 msgstr "" | |
2961 | |
2962 msgid "mq status file refers to unknown node %s\n" | |
2963 msgstr "" | |
2964 | |
2965 msgid "Tag %s overrides mq patch of the same name\n" | |
2966 msgstr "" | |
2967 | |
2968 msgid "cannot import over an applied patch" | |
2969 msgstr "" | |
2970 | |
2971 msgid "print first line of patch header" | |
2972 msgstr "" | |
2973 | |
2974 msgid "hg qapplied [-s] [PATCH]" | |
2975 msgstr "" | |
2976 | |
2977 msgid "use pull protocol to copy metadata" | |
2978 msgstr "メタデータ複製に pull プロトコルを使用" | |
2979 | |
2980 msgid "do not update the new working directories" | |
2981 msgstr "" | |
2982 | |
2983 msgid "use uncompressed transfer (fast over LAN)" | |
2984 msgstr "非圧縮での転送(LAN での高速転送用)" | |
2985 | |
2986 msgid "location of source patch repo" | |
2987 msgstr "" | |
2988 | |
2989 msgid "hg qclone [OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]" | |
2990 msgstr "" | |
2991 | |
2992 msgid "hg qcommit [OPTION]... [FILE]..." | |
2993 msgstr "" | |
2994 | |
2995 msgid "hg qdiff [OPTION]... [FILE]..." | |
2996 msgstr "" | |
2997 | |
2998 msgid "keep patch file" | |
2999 msgstr "" | |
3000 | |
3001 msgid "stop managing a revision" | |
3002 msgstr "" | |
3003 | |
3004 msgid "hg qdelete [-k] [-r REV]... [PATCH]..." | |
3005 msgstr "" | |
3006 | |
3007 msgid "edit patch header" | |
3008 msgstr "" | |
3009 | |
3010 msgid "keep folded patch files" | |
3011 msgstr "" | |
3012 | |
3013 msgid "hg qfold [-e] [-k] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] PATCH..." | |
3014 msgstr "" | |
3015 | |
3016 msgid "overwrite any local changes" | |
3017 msgstr "" | |
3018 | |
3019 msgid "hg qgoto [OPTION]... PATCH" | |
3020 msgstr "" | |
3021 | |
3022 msgid "list all patches and guards" | |
3023 msgstr "" | |
3024 | |
3025 msgid "drop all guards" | |
3026 msgstr "" | |
3027 | |
3028 msgid "hg qguard [-l] [-n] [PATCH] [+GUARD]... [-GUARD]..." | |
3029 msgstr "" | |
3030 | |
3031 msgid "hg qheader [PATCH]" | |
3032 msgstr "" | |
3033 | |
3034 msgid "import file in patch dir" | |
3035 msgstr "" | |
3036 | |
3037 msgid "patch file name" | |
3038 msgstr "" | |
3039 | |
3040 msgid "overwrite existing files" | |
3041 msgstr "" | |
3042 | |
3043 msgid "place existing revisions under mq control" | |
3044 msgstr "" | |
3045 | |
3046 msgid "use git extended diff format" | |
3047 msgstr "git 拡張差分形式を使用" | |
3048 | |
3049 msgid "hg qimport [-e] [-n NAME] [-f] [-g] [-r REV]... FILE..." | |
3050 msgstr "" | |
3051 | |
3052 msgid "create queue repository" | |
3053 msgstr "" | |
3054 | |
3055 msgid "hg qinit [-c]" | |
3056 msgstr "" | |
3057 | |
3058 msgid "import uncommitted changes into patch" | |
3059 msgstr "" | |
3060 | |
3061 msgid "add \"From: <current user>\" to patch" | |
3062 msgstr "" | |
3063 | |
3064 msgid "add \"From: <given user>\" to patch" | |
3065 msgstr "" | |
3066 | |
3067 msgid "add \"Date: <current date>\" to patch" | |
3068 msgstr "" | |
3069 | |
3070 msgid "add \"Date: <given date>\" to patch" | |
3071 msgstr "" | |
3072 | |
3073 msgid "hg qnew [-e] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] [-f] PATCH [FILE]..." | |
3074 msgstr "" | |
3075 | |
3076 msgid "hg qnext [-s]" | |
3077 msgstr "" | |
3078 | |
3079 msgid "hg qprev [-s]" | |
3080 msgstr "" | |
3081 | |
3082 msgid "pop all patches" | |
3083 msgstr "" | |
3084 | |
3085 msgid "queue name to pop" | |
3086 msgstr "" | |
3087 | |
3088 msgid "forget any local changes" | |
3089 msgstr "" | |
3090 | |
3091 msgid "hg qpop [-a] [-n NAME] [-f] [PATCH | INDEX]" | |
3092 msgstr "" | |
3093 | |
3094 msgid "apply if the patch has rejects" | |
3095 msgstr "" | |
3096 | |
3097 msgid "list patch name in commit text" | |
3098 msgstr "" | |
3099 | |
3100 msgid "apply all patches" | |
3101 msgstr "" | |
3102 | |
3103 msgid "merge from another queue" | |
3104 msgstr "" | |
3105 | |
3106 msgid "merge queue name" | |
3107 msgstr "" | |
3108 | |
3109 msgid "hg qpush [-f] [-l] [-a] [-m] [-n NAME] [PATCH | INDEX]" | |
3110 msgstr "" | |
3111 | |
3112 msgid "refresh only files already in the patch and specified files" | |
3113 msgstr "" | |
3114 | |
3115 msgid "add/update \"From: <current user>\" in patch" | |
3116 msgstr "" | |
3117 | |
3118 msgid "add/update \"From: <given user>\" in patch" | |
3119 msgstr "" | |
3120 | |
3121 msgid "update \"Date: <current date>\" in patch (if present)" | |
3122 msgstr "" | |
3123 | |
3124 msgid "update \"Date: <given date>\" in patch (if present)" | |
3125 msgstr "" | |
3126 | |
3127 msgid "hg qrefresh [-I] [-X] [-e] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] [-s] [FILE]..." | |
3128 msgstr "" | |
3129 | |
3130 msgid "hg qrename PATCH1 [PATCH2]" | |
3131 msgstr "" | |
3132 | |
3133 msgid "delete save entry" | |
3134 msgstr "" | |
3135 | |
3136 msgid "update queue working dir" | |
3137 msgstr "" | |
3138 | |
3139 msgid "hg qrestore [-d] [-u] REV" | |
3140 msgstr "" | |
3141 | |
3142 msgid "copy patch directory" | |
3143 msgstr "" | |
3144 | |
3145 msgid "copy directory name" | |
3146 msgstr "" | |
3147 | |
3148 msgid "clear queue status file" | |
3149 msgstr "" | |
3150 | |
3151 msgid "force copy" | |
3152 msgstr "" | |
3153 | |
3154 msgid "hg qsave [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] [-c] [-n NAME] [-e] [-f]" | |
3155 msgstr "" | |
3156 | |
3157 msgid "disable all guards" | |
3158 msgstr "" | |
3159 | |
3160 msgid "list all guards in series file" | |
3161 msgstr "" | |
3162 | |
3163 msgid "pop to before first guarded applied patch" | |
3164 msgstr "" | |
3165 | |
3166 msgid "pop, then reapply patches" | |
3167 msgstr "" | |
3168 | |
3169 msgid "hg qselect [OPTION]... [GUARD]..." | |
3170 msgstr "" | |
3171 | |
3172 msgid "print patches not in series" | |
3173 msgstr "" | |
3174 | |
3175 msgid "hg qseries [-ms]" | |
3176 msgstr "" | |
3177 | |
3178 msgid "force removal with local changes" | |
3179 msgstr "" | |
3180 | |
3181 msgid "bundle unrelated changesets" | |
3182 msgstr "" | |
3183 | |
3184 msgid "no backups" | |
3185 msgstr "" | |
3186 | |
3187 msgid "hg strip [-f] [-b] [-n] REV" | |
3188 msgstr "" | |
3189 | |
3190 msgid "hg qtop [-s]" | |
3191 msgstr "" | |
3192 | |
3193 msgid "hg qunapplied [-s] [PATCH]" | |
3194 msgstr "" | |
3195 | |
3196 msgid "finish all applied changesets" | |
3197 msgstr "" | |
3198 | |
3199 msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV...]" | |
3200 msgstr "" | |
3201 | |
3202 msgid "" | |
3203 "hook extension to email notifications on commits/pushes\n" | |
3204 "\n" | |
3205 "Subscriptions can be managed through hgrc. Default mode is to print\n" | |
3206 "messages to stdout, for testing and configuring.\n" | |
3207 "\n" | |
3208 "To use, configure notify extension and enable in hgrc like this:\n" | |
3209 "\n" | |
3210 " [extensions]\n" | |
3211 " hgext.notify =\n" | |
3212 "\n" | |
3213 " [hooks]\n" | |
3214 " # one email for each incoming changeset\n" | |
3215 " incoming.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n" | |
3216 " # batch emails when many changesets incoming at one time\n" | |
3217 " changegroup.notify = python:hgext.notify.hook\n" | |
3218 "\n" | |
3219 " [notify]\n" | |
3220 " # config items go in here\n" | |
3221 "\n" | |
3222 " config items:\n" | |
3223 "\n" | |
3224 " REQUIRED:\n" | |
3225 " config = /path/to/file # file containing subscriptions\n" | |
3226 "\n" | |
3227 " OPTIONAL:\n" | |
3228 " test = True # print messages to stdout for testing\n" | |
3229 " strip = 3 # number of slashes to strip for url paths\n" | |
3230 " domain = example.com # domain to use if committer missing domain\n" | |
3231 " style = ... # style file to use when formatting email\n" | |
3232 " template = ... # template to use when formatting email\n" | |
3233 " incoming = ... # template to use when run as incoming hook\n" | |
3234 " changegroup = ... # template when run as changegroup hook\n" | |
3235 " maxdiff = 300 # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n" | |
3236 " maxsubject = 67 # truncate subject line longer than this\n" | |
3237 " diffstat = True # add a diffstat before the diff content\n" | |
3238 " sources = serve # notify if source of incoming changes in this " | |
3239 "list\n" | |
3240 " # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n" | |
3241 " [email]\n" | |
3242 " from = user@host.com # email address to send as if none given\n" | |
3243 " [web]\n" | |
3244 " baseurl = http://hgserver/... # root of hg web site for browsing commits\n" | |
3245 "\n" | |
3246 " notify config file has same format as regular hgrc. it has two\n" | |
3247 " sections so you can express subscriptions in whatever way is handier\n" | |
3248 " for you.\n" | |
3249 "\n" | |
3250 " [usersubs]\n" | |
3251 " # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob " | |
3252 "patterns\n" | |
3253 " user@host = pattern\n" | |
3254 "\n" | |
3255 " [reposubs]\n" | |
3256 " # key is glob pattern, value is \",\"-separated list of subscriber " | |
3257 "emails\n" | |
3258 " pattern = user@host\n" | |
3259 "\n" | |
3260 " glob patterns are matched against path to repo root.\n" | |
3261 "\n" | |
3262 " if you like, you can put notify config file in repo that users can\n" | |
3263 " push changes to, they can manage their own subscriptions." | |
3264 msgstr "" | |
3265 | |
3266 msgid "email notification class." | |
3267 msgstr "" | |
3268 | |
3269 msgid "strip leading slashes from local path, turn into web-safe path." | |
3270 msgstr "" | |
3271 | |
3272 msgid "try to clean up email addresses." | |
3273 msgstr "" | |
3274 | |
3275 msgid "return list of email addresses of subscribers to this repo." | |
3276 msgstr "" | |
3277 | |
3278 msgid "format one changeset." | |
3279 msgstr "" | |
3280 | |
3281 msgid "true if incoming changes from this source should be skipped." | |
3282 msgstr "" | |
3283 | |
3284 msgid "send message." | |
3285 msgstr "" | |
3286 | |
3287 msgid "%s: %d new changesets" | |
3288 msgstr "" | |
3289 | |
3290 msgid "notify: sending %d subscribers %d changes\n" | |
3291 msgstr "" | |
3292 | |
3293 msgid "" | |
3294 "\n" | |
3295 "diffs (truncated from %d to %d lines):\n" | |
3296 "\n" | |
3297 msgstr "" | |
3298 | |
3299 msgid "" | |
3300 "\n" | |
3301 "diffs (%d lines):\n" | |
3302 "\n" | |
3303 msgstr "" | |
3304 | |
3305 msgid "" | |
3306 "send email notifications to interested subscribers.\n" | |
3307 "\n" | |
3308 " if used as changegroup hook, send one email for all changesets in\n" | |
3309 " changegroup. else send one email per changeset." | |
3310 msgstr "" | |
3311 | |
3312 msgid "notify: no subscribers to repo %s\n" | |
3313 msgstr "" | |
3314 | |
3315 msgid "notify: changes have source \"%s\" - skipping\n" | |
3316 msgstr "" | |
3317 | |
3318 msgid "" | |
3319 "browse command output with external pager\n" | |
3320 "\n" | |
3321 "To set the pager that should be used, set the application variable:\n" | |
3322 "\n" | |
3323 " [pager]\n" | |
3324 " pager = LESS='FSRX' less\n" | |
3325 "\n" | |
3326 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment\n" | |
3327 "variable $PAGER. If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, no pager\n" | |
3328 "is used.\n" | |
3329 "\n" | |
3330 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them\n" | |
3331 "by setting:\n" | |
3332 "\n" | |
3333 " [pager]\n" | |
3334 " quiet = True\n" | |
3335 "\n" | |
3336 "You can disable the pager for certain commands by adding them to the\n" | |
3337 "pager.ignore list:\n" | |
3338 "\n" | |
3339 " [pager]\n" | |
3340 " ignore = version, help, update\n" | |
3341 "\n" | |
3342 "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using pager.attend:\n" | |
3343 "\n" | |
3344 " [pager]\n" | |
3345 " attend = log\n" | |
3346 "\n" | |
3347 "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored.\n" | |
3348 "\n" | |
3349 "To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to " | |
3350 "specify\n" | |
3351 "them in the global .hgrc\n" | |
3352 msgstr "" | |
3353 | |
3354 msgid "" | |
3355 "use suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions\n" | |
3356 "\n" | |
3357 "This extension allows you to use git-style suffixes to refer to\n" | |
3358 "the ancestors of a specific revision.\n" | |
3359 "\n" | |
3360 "For example, if you can refer to a revision as \"foo\", then:\n" | |
3361 "\n" | |
3362 "- foo^N = Nth parent of foo:\n" | |
3363 " foo^0 = foo\n" | |
3364 " foo^1 = first parent of foo\n" | |
3365 " foo^2 = second parent of foo\n" | |
3366 " foo^ = foo^1\n" | |
3367 "\n" | |
3368 "- foo~N = Nth first grandparent of foo\n" | |
3369 " foo~0 = foo\n" | |
3370 " foo~1 = foo^1 = foo^ = first parent of foo\n" | |
3371 " foo~2 = foo^1^1 = foo^^ = first parent of first parent of foo\n" | |
3372 msgstr "" | |
3373 | |
3374 msgid "" | |
3375 "sending Mercurial changesets as a series of patch emails\n" | |
3376 "\n" | |
3377 "The series is started off with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" introduction,\n" | |
3378 "which describes the series as a whole.\n" | |
3379 "\n" | |
3380 "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n" | |
3381 "the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n" | |
3382 "The message contains two or three body parts:\n" | |
3383 "\n" | |
3384 " The remainder of the changeset description.\n" | |
3385 "\n" | |
3386 " [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n" | |
3387 "\n" | |
3388 " The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\".\n" | |
3389 "\n" | |
3390 "Each message refers to all of its predecessors using the In-Reply-To\n" | |
3391 "and References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in\n" | |
3392 "threaded mail and news readers, and in mail archives.\n" | |
3393 "\n" | |
3394 "For each changeset, you will be prompted with a diffstat summary and\n" | |
3395 "the changeset summary, so you can be sure you are sending the right " | |
3396 "changes.\n" | |
3397 "\n" | |
3398 "To enable this extension:\n" | |
3399 "\n" | |
3400 " [extensions]\n" | |
3401 " hgext.patchbomb =\n" | |
3402 "\n" | |
3403 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc file:\n" | |
3404 "\n" | |
3405 " [email]\n" | |
3406 " from = My Name <my@email>\n" | |
3407 " to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n" | |
3408 " cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n" | |
3409 " bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...\n" | |
3410 "\n" | |
3411 "Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n" | |
3412 "as a patchbomb.\n" | |
3413 "\n" | |
3414 "To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n" | |
3415 "the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n" | |
3416 "prompted for an email recipient address, a subject an an introductory\n" | |
3417 "message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n" | |
3418 "done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If PAGER environment variable\n" | |
3419 "is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb message, so\n" | |
3420 "you can verify everything is alright.\n" | |
3421 "\n" | |
3422 "The \"-m\" (mbox) option is also very useful. Instead of previewing\n" | |
3423 "each patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly,\n" | |
3424 "it will create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This\n" | |
3425 "mailbox file can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports\n" | |
3426 "UNIX mbox files, i.e. with mutt:\n" | |
3427 "\n" | |
3428 " % mutt -R -f mbox\n" | |
3429 "\n" | |
3430 "When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use `formail'\n" | |
3431 "(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail package),\n" | |
3432 "to send each message out:\n" | |
3433 "\n" | |
3434 " % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox\n" | |
3435 "\n" | |
3436 "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out.\n" | |
3437 "\n" | |
3438 "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n" | |
3439 "to be a sendmail compatable mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so\n" | |
3440 "that the patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs directly\n" | |
3441 "from the commandline. See the [email] and [smtp] sections in hgrc(5)\n" | |
3442 "for details." | |
3443 msgstr "" | |
3444 | |
3445 msgid "Please enter a valid value.\n" | |
3446 msgstr "" | |
3447 | |
3448 msgid "does the diffstat above look okay? " | |
3449 msgstr "" | |
3450 | |
3451 msgid "diffstat rejected" | |
3452 msgstr "" | |
3453 | |
3454 msgid "" | |
3455 "send changesets by email\n" | |
3456 "\n" | |
3457 " By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n" | |
3458 " one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n" | |
3459 " introduction, which describes the series as a whole.\n" | |
3460 "\n" | |
3461 " Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n" | |
3462 " the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n" | |
3463 " The message contains two or three body parts. First, the rest of\n" | |
3464 " the changeset description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat\n" | |
3465 " program is installed, the result of running diffstat on the patch.\n" | |
3466 " Finally, the patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\".\n" | |
3467 "\n" | |
3468 " With --outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not\n" | |
3469 " found in the destination repository (or only those which are\n" | |
3470 " ancestors of the specified revisions if any are provided)\n" | |
3471 "\n" | |
3472 " With --bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing,\n" | |
3473 " but a single email containing a binary Mercurial bundle as an\n" | |
3474 " attachment will be sent.\n" | |
3475 "\n" | |
3476 " Examples:\n" | |
3477 "\n" | |
3478 " hg email -r 3000 # send patch 3000 only\n" | |
3479 " hg email -r 3000 -r 3001 # send patches 3000 and 3001\n" | |
3480 " hg email -r 3000:3005 # send patches 3000 through 3005\n" | |
3481 " hg email 3000 # send patch 3000 (deprecated)\n" | |
3482 "\n" | |
3483 " hg email -o # send all patches not in default\n" | |
3484 " hg email -o DEST # send all patches not in DEST\n" | |
3485 " hg email -o -r 3000 # send all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n" | |
3486 " hg email -o -r 3000 DEST # send all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n" | |
3487 "\n" | |
3488 " hg email -b # send bundle of all patches not in default\n" | |
3489 " hg email -b DEST # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n" | |
3490 " hg email -b -r 3000 # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in " | |
3491 "default\n" | |
3492 " hg email -b -r 3000 DEST # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST\n" | |
3493 "\n" | |
3494 " Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your hgrc.\n" | |
3495 " See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n" | |
3496 " " | |
3497 msgstr "" | |
3498 | |
3499 msgid "Return the revisions present locally but not in dest" | |
3500 msgstr "" | |
3501 | |
3502 msgid "specify at least one changeset with -r or -o" | |
3503 msgstr "" | |
3504 | |
3505 msgid "--outgoing mode always on with --bundle; do not re-specify --outgoing" | |
3506 msgstr "" | |
3507 | |
3508 msgid "too many destinations" | |
3509 msgstr "" | |
3510 | |
3511 msgid "use only one form to specify the revision" | |
3512 msgstr "" | |
3513 | |
3514 msgid "" | |
3515 "\n" | |
3516 "Write the introductory message for the patch series.\n" | |
3517 "\n" | |
3518 msgstr "" | |
3519 | |
3520 msgid "" | |
3521 "This patch series consists of %d patches.\n" | |
3522 "\n" | |
3523 msgstr "" | |
3524 | |
3525 msgid "Final summary:\n" | |
3526 msgstr "" | |
3527 | |
3528 msgid "Displaying " | |
3529 msgstr "" | |
3530 | |
3531 msgid "Writing " | |
3532 msgstr "" | |
3533 | |
3534 msgid "Sending " | |
3535 msgstr "" | |
3536 | |
3537 msgid "send patches as attachments" | |
3538 msgstr "" | |
3539 | |
3540 msgid "send patches as inline attachments" | |
3541 msgstr "" | |
3542 | |
3543 msgid "email addresses of blind copy recipients" | |
3544 msgstr "" | |
3545 | |
3546 msgid "email addresses of copy recipients" | |
3547 msgstr "" | |
3548 | |
3549 msgid "add diffstat output to messages" | |
3550 msgstr "" | |
3551 | |
3552 msgid "use the given date as the sending date" | |
3553 msgstr "" | |
3554 | |
3555 msgid "use the given file as the series description" | |
3556 msgstr "" | |
3557 | |
3558 msgid "email address of sender" | |
3559 msgstr "" | |
3560 | |
3561 msgid "print messages that would be sent" | |
3562 msgstr "" | |
3563 | |
3564 msgid "write messages to mbox file instead of sending them" | |
3565 msgstr "" | |
3566 | |
3567 msgid "subject of first message (intro or single patch)" | |
3568 msgstr "" | |
3569 | |
3570 msgid "email addresses of recipients" | |
3571 msgstr "" | |
3572 | |
3573 msgid "omit hg patch header" | |
3574 msgstr "" | |
3575 | |
3576 msgid "send changes not found in the target repository" | |
3577 msgstr "" | |
3578 | |
3579 msgid "send changes not in target as a binary bundle" | |
3580 msgstr "" | |
3581 | |
3582 msgid "a revision to send" | |
3583 msgstr "" | |
3584 | |
3585 msgid "run even when remote repository is unrelated (with -b)" | |
3586 msgstr "" | |
3587 | |
3588 msgid "a base changeset to specify instead of a destination (with -b)" | |
3589 msgstr "" | |
3590 | |
3591 msgid "send an introduction email for a single patch" | |
3592 msgstr "" | |
3593 | |
3594 msgid "hg email [OPTION]... [DEST]..." | |
3595 msgstr "" | |
3596 | |
3597 msgid "" | |
3598 "removes files not tracked by Mercurial\n" | |
3599 "\n" | |
3600 " Delete files not known to Mercurial. This is useful to test local and\n" | |
3601 " uncommitted changes in an otherwise-clean source tree.\n" | |
3602 "\n" | |
3603 " This means that purge will delete:\n" | |
3604 " - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n" | |
3605 " - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless they\n" | |
3606 " contain files under source control managment\n" | |
3607 " But it will leave untouched:\n" | |
3608 " - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n" | |
3609 " - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n" | |
3610 " - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")\n" | |
3611 "\n" | |
3612 " If directories are given on the command line, only files in these\n" | |
3613 " directories are considered.\n" | |
3614 "\n" | |
3615 " Be careful with purge, as you could irreversibly delete some files you\n" | |
3616 " forgot to add to the repository. If you only want to print the list of\n" | |
3617 " files that this program would delete, use the --print option.\n" | |
3618 " " | |
3619 msgstr "" | |
3620 | |
3621 msgid "%s cannot be removed" | |
3622 msgstr "" | |
3623 | |
3624 msgid "warning: %s\n" | |
3625 msgstr "" | |
3626 | |
3627 msgid "Removing file %s\n" | |
3628 msgstr "" | |
3629 | |
3630 msgid "Removing directory %s\n" | |
3631 msgstr "" | |
3632 | |
3633 msgid "abort if an error occurs" | |
3634 msgstr "" | |
3635 | |
3636 msgid "purge ignored files too" | |
3637 msgstr "" | |
3638 | |
3639 msgid "print the file names instead of deleting them" | |
3640 msgstr "" | |
3641 | |
3642 msgid "end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs (implies -p)" | |
3643 msgstr "" | |
3644 | |
3645 msgid "hg purge [OPTION]... [DIR]..." | |
3646 msgstr "" | |
3647 | |
3648 msgid "" | |
3649 "move sets of revisions to a different ancestor\n" | |
3650 "\n" | |
3651 "This extension lets you rebase changesets in an existing Mercurial " | |
3652 "repository.\n" | |
3653 "\n" | |
3654 "For more information:\n" | |
3655 "http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/wiki/index.cgi/RebaseProject\n" | |
3656 msgstr "" | |
3657 | |
3658 msgid "return the correct ancestor" | |
3659 msgstr "" | |
3660 | |
3661 msgid "first revision, do not change ancestor\n" | |
3662 msgstr "" | |
3663 | |
3664 msgid "" | |
3665 "move changeset (and descendants) to a different branch\n" | |
3666 "\n" | |
3667 " Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of " | |
3668 "history\n" | |
3669 " onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local changes relative " | |
3670 "to\n" | |
3671 " a master development tree.\n" | |
3672 "\n" | |
3673 " If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be " | |
3674 "continued\n" | |
3675 " with --continue or aborted with --abort.\n" | |
3676 " " | |
3677 msgstr "" | |
3678 | |
3679 msgid "cannot use both keepbranches and extrafn" | |
3680 msgstr "" | |
3681 | |
3682 msgid "cannot use both abort and continue" | |
3683 msgstr "" | |
3684 | |
3685 msgid "cannot use collapse with continue or abort" | |
3686 msgstr "" | |
3687 | |
3688 msgid "abort and continue do not allow specifying revisions" | |
3689 msgstr "" | |
3690 | |
3691 msgid "cannot specify both a revision and a base" | |
3692 msgstr "" | |
3693 | |
3694 msgid "nothing to rebase\n" | |
3695 msgstr "" | |
3696 | |
3697 msgid "rebase merging completed\n" | |
3698 msgstr "" | |
3699 | |
3700 msgid "warning: new changesets detected on source branch, not stripping\n" | |
3701 msgstr "" | |
3702 | |
3703 msgid "rebase completed\n" | |
3704 msgstr "" | |
3705 | |
3706 msgid "%d revisions have been skipped\n" | |
3707 msgstr "" | |
3708 | |
3709 msgid "" | |
3710 "Skip commit if collapsing has been required and rev is not the last\n" | |
3711 " revision, commit otherwise\n" | |
3712 " " | |
3713 msgstr "" | |
3714 | |
3715 msgid " set parents\n" | |
3716 msgstr "" | |
3717 | |
3718 msgid "Rebase a single revision" | |
3719 msgstr "" | |
3720 | |
3721 msgid "rebasing %d:%s\n" | |
3722 msgstr "" | |
3723 | |
3724 msgid " future parents are %d and %d\n" | |
3725 msgstr "" | |
3726 | |
3727 msgid " update to %d:%s\n" | |
3728 msgstr "" | |
3729 | |
3730 msgid " already in target\n" | |
3731 msgstr "" | |
3732 | |
3733 msgid " merge against %d:%s\n" | |
3734 msgstr "" | |
3735 | |
3736 msgid "fix unresolved conflicts with hg resolve then run hg rebase --continue" | |
3737 msgstr "" | |
3738 | |
3739 msgid "resuming interrupted rebase\n" | |
3740 msgstr "" | |
3741 | |
3742 msgid "no changes, revision %d skipped\n" | |
3743 msgstr "" | |
3744 | |
3745 msgid "next revision set to %s\n" | |
3746 msgstr "" | |
3747 | |
3748 msgid "Return the new parent relationship of the revision that will be rebased" | |
3749 msgstr "" | |
3750 | |
3751 msgid "cannot use revision %d as base, result would have 3 parents" | |
3752 msgstr "" | |
3753 | |
3754 msgid "Update rebased mq patches - finalize and then import them" | |
3755 msgstr "" | |
3756 | |
3757 msgid "revision %d is an mq patch (%s), finalize it.\n" | |
3758 msgstr "" | |
3759 | |
3760 msgid "import mq patch %d (%s)\n" | |
3761 msgstr "" | |
3762 | |
3763 msgid "Store the current status to allow recovery" | |
3764 msgstr "" | |
3765 | |
3766 msgid "rebase status stored\n" | |
3767 msgstr "" | |
3768 | |
3769 msgid "Remove the status files" | |
3770 msgstr "" | |
3771 | |
3772 msgid "Restore a previously stored status" | |
3773 msgstr "" | |
3774 | |
3775 msgid "rebase status resumed\n" | |
3776 msgstr "" | |
3777 | |
3778 msgid "no rebase in progress" | |
3779 msgstr "" | |
3780 | |
3781 msgid "Restore the repository to its original state" | |
3782 msgstr "" | |
3783 | |
3784 msgid "warning: new changesets detected on target branch, not stripping\n" | |
3785 msgstr "" | |
3786 | |
3787 msgid "rebase aborted\n" | |
3788 msgstr "" | |
3789 | |
3790 msgid "Define which revisions are going to be rebased and where" | |
3791 msgstr "" | |
3792 | |
3793 msgid "cannot rebase onto an applied mq patch" | |
3794 msgstr "" | |
3795 | |
3796 msgid "cannot rebase an ancestor" | |
3797 msgstr "" | |
3798 | |
3799 msgid "cannot rebase a descendant" | |
3800 msgstr "" | |
3801 | |
3802 msgid "already working on current\n" | |
3803 msgstr "" | |
3804 | |
3805 msgid "already working on the current branch\n" | |
3806 msgstr "" | |
3807 | |
3808 msgid "rebase onto %d starting from %d\n" | |
3809 msgstr "" | |
3810 | |
3811 msgid "unable to collapse, there is more than one external parent" | |
3812 msgstr "" | |
3813 | |
3814 msgid "Call rebase after pull if the latter has been invoked with --rebase" | |
3815 msgstr "" | |
3816 | |
3817 msgid "--update and --rebase are not compatible" | |
3818 msgstr "" | |
3819 | |
3820 msgid "Replace pull with a decorator to provide --rebase option" | |
3821 msgstr "" | |
3822 | |
3823 msgid "rebase working directory to branch head" | |
3824 msgstr "" | |
3825 | |
3826 msgid "keep original revisions" | |
3827 msgstr "" | |
3828 | |
3829 msgid "keep original branches" | |
3830 msgstr "" | |
3831 | |
3832 msgid "rebase from a given revision" | |
3833 msgstr "" | |
3834 | |
3835 msgid "rebase from the base of a given revision" | |
3836 msgstr "" | |
3837 | |
3838 msgid "rebase onto a given revision" | |
3839 msgstr "" | |
3840 | |
3841 msgid "collapse the rebased revisions" | |
3842 msgstr "" | |
3843 | |
3844 msgid "continue an interrupted rebase" | |
3845 msgstr "" | |
3846 | |
3847 msgid "abort an interrupted rebase" | |
3848 msgstr "" | |
3849 | |
3850 msgid "" | |
3851 "hg rebase [-s rev | -b rev] [-d rev] [--collapse] | [-c] | [-a] | [--keep]" | |
3852 msgstr "" | |
3853 | |
3854 msgid "interactive change selection during commit or qrefresh" | |
3855 msgstr "" | |
3856 | |
3857 msgid "" | |
3858 "like patch.iterhunks, but yield different events\n" | |
3859 "\n" | |
3860 " - ('file', [header_lines + fromfile + tofile])\n" | |
3861 " - ('context', [context_lines])\n" | |
3862 " - ('hunk', [hunk_lines])\n" | |
3863 " - ('range', (-start,len, +start,len, diffp))\n" | |
3864 " " | |
3865 msgstr "" | |
3866 | |
3867 msgid "scan lr while predicate holds" | |
3868 msgstr "" | |
3869 | |
3870 msgid "" | |
3871 "patch header\n" | |
3872 "\n" | |
3873 " XXX shoudn't we move this to mercurial/patch.py ?\n" | |
3874 " " | |
3875 msgstr "" | |
3876 | |
3877 msgid "this modifies a binary file (all or nothing)\n" | |
3878 msgstr "" | |
3879 | |
3880 msgid "this is a binary file\n" | |
3881 msgstr "" | |
3882 | |
3883 msgid "%d hunks, %d lines changed\n" | |
3884 msgstr "" | |
3885 | |
3886 msgid "hunk -> (n+,n-)" | |
3887 msgstr "" | |
3888 | |
3889 msgid "" | |
3890 "patch hunk\n" | |
3891 "\n" | |
3892 " XXX shouldn't we merge this with patch.hunk ?\n" | |
3893 " " | |
3894 msgstr "" | |
3895 | |
3896 msgid "patch -> [] of hunks " | |
3897 msgstr "" | |
3898 | |
3899 msgid "patch parsing state machine" | |
3900 msgstr "" | |
3901 | |
3902 msgid "Interactively filter patch chunks into applied-only chunks" | |
3903 msgstr "" | |
3904 | |
3905 msgid "" | |
3906 "fetch next portion from chunks until a 'header' is seen\n" | |
3907 " NB: header == new-file mark\n" | |
3908 " " | |
3909 msgstr "" | |
3910 | |
3911 msgid "" | |
3912 "prompt query, and process base inputs\n" | |
3913 "\n" | |
3914 " - y/n for the rest of file\n" | |
3915 " - y/n for the rest\n" | |
3916 " - ? (help)\n" | |
3917 " - q (quit)\n" | |
3918 "\n" | |
3919 " else, input is returned to the caller.\n" | |
3920 " " | |
3921 msgstr "" | |
3922 | |
3923 msgid "[Ynsfdaq?]" | |
3924 msgstr "" | |
3925 | |
3926 msgid "y" | |
3927 msgstr "" | |
3928 | |
3929 msgid "?" | |
3930 msgstr "" | |
3931 | |
3932 msgid "y - record this change" | |
3933 msgstr "" | |
3934 | |
3935 msgid "s" | |
3936 msgstr "" | |
3937 | |
3938 msgid "f" | |
3939 msgstr "" | |
3940 | |
3941 msgid "d" | |
3942 msgstr "" | |
3943 | |
3944 msgid "a" | |
3945 msgstr "" | |
3946 | |
3947 msgid "q" | |
3948 msgstr "" | |
3949 | |
3950 msgid "user quit" | |
3951 msgstr "" | |
3952 | |
3953 msgid "examine changes to %s?" | |
3954 msgstr "" | |
3955 | |
3956 msgid " and " | |
3957 msgstr "" | |
3958 | |
3959 msgid "record this change to %r?" | |
3960 msgstr "" | |
3961 | |
3962 msgid "" | |
3963 "interactively select changes to commit\n" | |
3964 "\n" | |
3965 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n" | |
3966 " will be candidates for recording.\n" | |
3967 "\n" | |
3968 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
3969 "\n" | |
3970 " You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n" | |
3971 " modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n" | |
3972 " change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n" | |
3973 " possible:\n" | |
3974 "\n" | |
3975 " y - record this change\n" | |
3976 " n - skip this change\n" | |
3977 "\n" | |
3978 " s - skip remaining changes to this file\n" | |
3979 " f - record remaining changes to this file\n" | |
3980 "\n" | |
3981 " d - done, skip remaining changes and files\n" | |
3982 " a - record all changes to all remaining files\n" | |
3983 " q - quit, recording no changes\n" | |
3984 "\n" | |
3985 " ? - display help" | |
3986 msgstr "" | |
3987 | |
3988 msgid "" | |
3989 "interactively record a new patch\n" | |
3990 "\n" | |
3991 " see 'hg help qnew' & 'hg help record' for more information and usage\n" | |
3992 " " | |
3993 msgstr "" | |
3994 | |
3995 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded" | |
3996 msgstr "" | |
3997 | |
3998 msgid "running non-interactively, use commit instead" | |
3999 msgstr "" | |
4000 | |
4001 msgid "" | |
4002 "This is generic record driver.\n" | |
4003 "\n" | |
4004 " It's job is to interactively filter local changes, and accordingly\n" | |
4005 " prepare working dir into a state, where the job can be delegated to\n" | |
4006 " non-interactive commit command such as 'commit' or 'qrefresh'.\n" | |
4007 "\n" | |
4008 " After the actual job is done by non-interactive command, working " | |
4009 "dir\n" | |
4010 " state is restored to original.\n" | |
4011 "\n" | |
4012 " In the end we'll record intresting changes, and everything else will " | |
4013 "be\n" | |
4014 " left in place, so the user can continue his work.\n" | |
4015 " " | |
4016 msgstr "" | |
4017 | |
4018 msgid "no changes to record\n" | |
4019 msgstr "" | |
4020 | |
4021 msgid "backup %r as %r\n" | |
4022 msgstr "" | |
4023 | |
4024 msgid "applying patch\n" | |
4025 msgstr "" | |
4026 | |
4027 msgid "patch failed to apply" | |
4028 msgstr "" | |
4029 | |
4030 msgid "restoring %r to %r\n" | |
4031 msgstr "" | |
4032 | |
4033 msgid "hg record [OPTION]... [FILE]..." | |
4034 msgstr "" | |
4035 | |
4036 msgid "hg qrecord [OPTION]... PATCH [FILE]..." | |
4037 msgstr "" | |
4038 | |
4039 msgid "" | |
4040 "patch transplanting tool\n" | |
4041 "\n" | |
4042 "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch.\n" | |
4043 "\n" | |
4044 "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a map\n" | |
4045 "from a changeset hash to its hash in the source repository.\n" | |
4046 msgstr "" | |
4047 | |
4048 msgid "" | |
4049 "returns True if a node is already an ancestor of parent\n" | |
4050 " or has already been transplanted" | |
4051 msgstr "" | |
4052 | |
4053 msgid "apply the revisions in revmap one by one in revision order" | |
4054 msgstr "" | |
4055 | |
4056 msgid "skipping already applied revision %s\n" | |
4057 msgstr "" | |
4058 | |
4059 msgid "skipping merge changeset %s:%s\n" | |
4060 msgstr "" | |
4061 | |
4062 msgid "%s merged at %s\n" | |
4063 msgstr "" | |
4064 | |
4065 msgid "%s transplanted to %s\n" | |
4066 msgstr "" | |
4067 | |
4068 msgid "arbitrarily rewrite changeset before applying it" | |
4069 msgstr "" | |
4070 | |
4071 msgid "filtering %s\n" | |
4072 msgstr "" | |
4073 | |
4074 msgid "filter failed" | |
4075 msgstr "" | |
4076 | |
4077 msgid "apply the patch in patchfile to the repository as a transplant" | |
4078 msgstr "" | |
4079 | |
4080 msgid "can only omit patchfile if merging" | |
4081 msgstr "" | |
4082 | |
4083 msgid "%s: empty changeset" | |
4084 msgstr "" | |
4085 | |
4086 msgid "Fix up the merge and run hg transplant --continue" | |
4087 msgstr "" | |
4088 | |
4089 msgid "recover last transaction and apply remaining changesets" | |
4090 msgstr "" | |
4091 | |
4092 msgid "%s transplanted as %s\n" | |
4093 msgstr "" | |
4094 | |
4095 msgid "commit working directory using journal metadata" | |
4096 msgstr "" | |
4097 | |
4098 msgid "transplant log file is corrupt" | |
4099 msgstr "" | |
4100 | |
4101 msgid "working dir not at transplant parent %s" | |
4102 msgstr "" | |
4103 | |
4104 msgid "commit failed" | |
4105 msgstr "" | |
4106 | |
4107 msgid "journal changelog metadata for later recover" | |
4108 msgstr "" | |
4109 | |
4110 msgid "remove changelog journal" | |
4111 msgstr "" | |
4112 | |
4113 msgid "interactively transplant changesets" | |
4114 msgstr "" | |
4115 | |
4116 msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:" | |
4117 msgstr "" | |
4118 | |
4119 msgid "" | |
4120 "transplant changesets from another branch\n" | |
4121 "\n" | |
4122 " Selected changesets will be applied on top of the current working\n" | |
4123 " directory with the log of the original changeset. If --log is\n" | |
4124 " specified, log messages will have a comment appended of the form:\n" | |
4125 "\n" | |
4126 " (transplanted from CHANGESETHASH)\n" | |
4127 "\n" | |
4128 " You can rewrite the changelog message with the --filter option.\n" | |
4129 " Its argument will be invoked with the current changelog message\n" | |
4130 " as $1 and the patch as $2.\n" | |
4131 "\n" | |
4132 " If --source is specified, selects changesets from the named\n" | |
4133 " repository. If --branch is specified, selects changesets from the\n" | |
4134 " branch holding the named revision, up to that revision. If --all\n" | |
4135 " is specified, all changesets on the branch will be transplanted,\n" | |
4136 " otherwise you will be prompted to select the changesets you want.\n" | |
4137 "\n" | |
4138 " hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected branch\n" | |
4139 " (up to the named revision) onto your current working directory.\n" | |
4140 "\n" | |
4141 " You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as\n" | |
4142 " merge changesets. You will not be prompted to transplant any\n" | |
4143 " ancestors of a merged transplant, and you can merge descendants\n" | |
4144 " of them normally instead of transplanting them.\n" | |
4145 "\n" | |
4146 " If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n" | |
4147 " an interactive changeset browser.\n" | |
4148 "\n" | |
4149 " If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand and\n" | |
4150 " then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant --continue.\n" | |
4151 " " | |
4152 msgstr "" | |
4153 | |
4154 msgid "--continue is incompatible with branch, all or merge" | |
4155 msgstr "" | |
4156 | |
4157 msgid "no source URL, branch tag or revision list provided" | |
4158 msgstr "" | |
4159 | |
4160 msgid "--all requires a branch revision" | |
4161 msgstr "" | |
4162 | |
4163 msgid "--all is incompatible with a revision list" | |
4164 msgstr "" | |
4165 | |
4166 msgid "no revision checked out" | |
4167 msgstr "" | |
4168 | |
4169 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merges" | |
4170 msgstr "" | |
4171 | |
4172 msgid "outstanding local changes" | |
4173 msgstr "" | |
4174 | |
4175 msgid "pull patches from REPOSITORY" | |
4176 msgstr "" | |
4177 | |
4178 msgid "pull patches from branch BRANCH" | |
4179 msgstr "" | |
4180 | |
4181 msgid "pull all changesets up to BRANCH" | |
4182 msgstr "" | |
4183 | |
4184 msgid "skip over REV" | |
4185 msgstr "" | |
4186 | |
4187 msgid "merge at REV" | |
4188 msgstr "" | |
4189 | |
4190 msgid "append transplant info to log message" | |
4191 msgstr "" | |
4192 | |
4193 msgid "continue last transplant session after repair" | |
4194 msgstr "" | |
4195 | |
4196 msgid "filter changesets through FILTER" | |
4197 msgstr "" | |
4198 | |
4199 msgid "" | |
4200 "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..." | |
4201 msgstr "" | |
4202 | |
4203 msgid "" | |
4204 "allow to use MBCS path with problematic encoding.\n" | |
4205 "\n" | |
4206 "Some MBCS encodings are not good for some path operations\n" | |
4207 "(i.e. splitting path, case conversion, etc.) with its encoded bytes.\n" | |
4208 "We call such a encoding (i.e. shift_jis and big5) as \"problematic\n" | |
4209 "encoding\". This extension can be used to fix the issue with those\n" | |
4210 "encodings by wrapping some functions to convert to unicode string\n" | |
4211 "before path operation.\n" | |
4212 "\n" | |
4213 "This extension is usefull for:\n" | |
4214 " * Japanese Windows users using shift_jis encoding.\n" | |
4215 " * Chinese Windows users using big5 encoding.\n" | |
4216 " * All users who use a repository with one of problematic encodings\n" | |
4217 " on case-insensitive file system.\n" | |
4218 "\n" | |
4219 "This extension is not needed for:\n" | |
4220 " * Any user who use only ascii chars in path.\n" | |
4221 " * Any user who do not use any of problematic encodings.\n" | |
4222 "\n" | |
4223 "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:\n" | |
4224 " * You should use single encoding in one repository.\n" | |
4225 " * You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or HGENCODING.\n" | |
4226 "\n" | |
4227 "To use this extension, enable the extension in .hg/hgrc or ~/.hgrc:\n" | |
4228 "\n" | |
4229 " [extensions]\n" | |
4230 " hgext.win32mbcs =\n" | |
4231 "\n" | |
4232 "Path encoding conversion are done between unicode and util._encoding\n" | |
4233 "which is decided by mercurial from current locale setting or HGENCODING.\n" | |
4234 "\n" | |
4235 msgstr "" | |
4236 | |
4237 msgid "[win32mbcs] filename conversion fail with %s encoding\n" | |
4238 msgstr "" | |
4239 | |
4240 msgid "[win32mbcs] cannot activate on this platform.\n" | |
4241 msgstr "" | |
4242 | |
4243 msgid "[win32mbcs] activated with encoding: %s\n" | |
4244 msgstr "" | |
4245 | |
4246 msgid "" | |
4247 "WARNING: %s already has %s line endings\n" | |
4248 "and does not need EOL conversion by the win32text plugin.\n" | |
4249 "Before your next commit, please reconsider your encode/decode settings in \n" | |
4250 "Mercurial.ini or %s.\n" | |
4251 msgstr "" | |
4252 | |
4253 msgid "Attempt to commit or push text file(s) using %s line endings\n" | |
4254 msgstr "" | |
4255 | |
4256 msgid "in %s: %s\n" | |
4257 msgstr "" | |
4258 | |
4259 msgid "" | |
4260 "\n" | |
4261 "To prevent this mistake in your local repository,\n" | |
4262 "add to Mercurial.ini or .hg/hgrc:\n" | |
4263 "\n" | |
4264 "[hooks]\n" | |
4265 "pretxncommit.%s = python:hgext.win32text.forbid%s\n" | |
4266 "\n" | |
4267 "and also consider adding:\n" | |
4268 "\n" | |
4269 "[extensions]\n" | |
4270 "hgext.win32text =\n" | |
4271 "[encode]\n" | |
4272 "** = %sencode:\n" | |
4273 "[decode]\n" | |
4274 "** = %sdecode:\n" | |
4275 msgstr "" | |
4276 | |
4277 msgid "" | |
4278 "zeroconf support for mercurial repositories\n" | |
4279 "\n" | |
4280 "Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without the " | |
4281 "need\n" | |
4282 "to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered without knowing\n" | |
4283 "their actual IP address.\n" | |
4284 "\n" | |
4285 "To use the zeroconf extension add the following entry to your hgrc file:\n" | |
4286 "\n" | |
4287 "[extensions]\n" | |
4288 "hgext.zeroconf =\n" | |
4289 "\n" | |
4290 "To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\" in " | |
4291 "your\n" | |
4292 "repository.\n" | |
4293 "\n" | |
4294 " $ cd test\n" | |
4295 " $ hg serve\n" | |
4296 "\n" | |
4297 "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\".\n" | |
4298 "\n" | |
4299 " $ hg paths\n" | |
4300 " zc-test = http://example.com:8000/test\n" | |
4301 msgstr "" | |
4302 | |
4303 msgid "archive prefix contains illegal components" | |
4304 msgstr "" | |
4305 | |
4306 msgid "cannot give prefix when archiving to files" | |
4307 msgstr "" | |
4308 | |
4309 msgid "unknown archive type '%s'" | |
4310 msgstr "" | |
4311 | |
4312 msgid "invalid changegroup" | |
4313 msgstr "" | |
4314 | |
4315 msgid "unknown parent" | |
4316 msgstr "" | |
4317 | |
4318 msgid "integrity check failed on %s:%d" | |
4319 msgstr "" | |
4320 | |
4321 msgid "%s: not a Mercurial bundle file" | |
4322 msgstr "" | |
4323 | |
4324 msgid "%s: unknown bundle version" | |
4325 msgstr "" | |
4326 | |
4327 msgid "%s: unknown bundle compression type" | |
4328 msgstr "" | |
4329 | |
4330 msgid "cannot create new bundle repository" | |
4331 msgstr "" | |
4332 | |
4333 msgid "premature EOF reading chunk (got %d bytes, expected %d)" | |
4334 msgstr "" | |
4335 | |
4336 msgid "username %s contains a newline" | |
4337 msgstr "" | |
4338 | |
4339 msgid "options --message and --logfile are mutually exclusive" | |
4340 msgstr "" | |
4341 | |
4342 msgid "can't read commit message '%s': %s" | |
4343 msgstr "" | |
4344 | |
4345 msgid "too many revisions specified" | |
4346 msgstr "" | |
4347 | |
4348 msgid "invalid format spec '%%%s' in output file name" | |
4349 msgstr "" | |
4350 | |
4351 msgid "adding %s\n" | |
4352 msgstr "%s を追加登録中\n" | |
4353 | |
4354 msgid "removing %s\n" | |
4355 msgstr "%s を登録解除中\n" | |
4356 | |
4357 msgid "recording removal of %s as rename to %s (%d%% similar)\n" | |
4358 msgstr "" | |
4359 | |
4360 msgid "%s: not copying - file is not managed\n" | |
4361 msgstr "" | |
4362 | |
4363 msgid "%s: not copying - file has been marked for remove\n" | |
4364 msgstr "" | |
4365 | |
4366 msgid "%s: not overwriting - %s collides with %s\n" | |
4367 msgstr "" | |
4368 | |
4369 msgid "%s: not overwriting - file exists\n" | |
4370 msgstr "" | |
4371 | |
4372 msgid "%s: deleted in working copy\n" | |
4373 msgstr "" | |
4374 | |
4375 msgid "%s: cannot copy - %s\n" | |
4376 msgstr "" | |
4377 | |
4378 msgid "%s %s to %s\n" | |
4379 msgstr "" | |
4380 | |
4381 msgid "%s has not been committed yet, so no copy data will be stored for %s.\n" | |
4382 msgstr "" | |
4383 | |
4384 msgid "no source or destination specified" | |
4385 msgstr "" | |
4386 | |
4387 msgid "no destination specified" | |
4388 msgstr "" | |
4389 | |
4390 msgid "with multiple sources, destination must be an existing directory" | |
4391 msgstr "" | |
4392 | |
4393 msgid "destination %s is not a directory" | |
4394 msgstr "" | |
4395 | |
4396 msgid "no files to copy" | |
4397 msgstr "" | |
4398 | |
4399 msgid "(consider using --after)\n" | |
4400 msgstr "" | |
4401 | |
4402 msgid "changeset: %d:%s\n" | |
4403 msgstr "" | |
4404 | |
4405 msgid "branch: %s\n" | |
4406 msgstr "" | |
4407 | |
4408 msgid "tag: %s\n" | |
4409 msgstr "" | |
4410 | |
4411 msgid "parent: %d:%s\n" | |
4412 msgstr "" | |
4413 | |
4414 msgid "manifest: %d:%s\n" | |
4415 msgstr "" | |
4416 | |
4417 msgid "user: %s\n" | |
4418 msgstr "" | |
4419 | |
4420 msgid "date: %s\n" | |
4421 msgstr "" | |
4422 | |
4423 msgid "files+:" | |
4424 msgstr "" | |
4425 | |
4426 msgid "files-:" | |
4427 msgstr "" | |
4428 | |
4429 msgid "files:" | |
4430 msgstr "" | |
4431 | |
4432 msgid "files: %s\n" | |
4433 msgstr "" | |
4434 | |
4435 msgid "copies: %s\n" | |
4436 msgstr "" | |
4437 | |
4438 msgid "extra: %s=%s\n" | |
4439 msgstr "" | |
4440 | |
4441 msgid "description:\n" | |
4442 msgstr "" | |
4443 | |
4444 msgid "summary: %s\n" | |
4445 msgstr "" | |
4446 | |
4447 msgid "%s: no key named '%s'" | |
4448 msgstr "" | |
4449 | |
4450 msgid "%s: %s" | |
4451 msgstr "" | |
4452 | |
4453 msgid "Found revision %s from %s\n" | |
4454 msgstr "" | |
4455 | |
4456 msgid "revision matching date not found" | |
4457 msgstr "" | |
4458 | |
4459 msgid "cannot follow nonexistent file: \"%s\"" | |
4460 msgstr "" | |
4461 | |
4462 msgid "%s:%s copy source revision cannot be found!\n" | |
4463 msgstr "" | |
4464 | |
4465 msgid "can only follow copies/renames for explicit file names" | |
4466 msgstr "" | |
4467 | |
4468 msgid "file %s not found!" | |
4469 msgstr "" | |
4470 | |
4471 msgid "no match under directory %s!" | |
4472 msgstr "" | |
4473 | |
4474 msgid "can't commit %s: unsupported file type!" | |
4475 msgstr "" | |
4476 | |
4477 msgid "file %s not tracked!" | |
4478 msgstr "" | |
4479 | |
4480 msgid "" | |
4481 "add the specified files on the next commit\n" | |
4482 "\n" | |
4483 " Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository.\n" | |
4484 "\n" | |
4485 " The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n" | |
4486 " undo an add before that, see hg revert.\n" | |
4487 "\n" | |
4488 " If no names are given, add all files in the repository.\n" | |
4489 " " | |
4490 msgstr "" | |
4491 "指定されたファイルを次回コミットから構成管理に追加登録\n" | |
4492 "\n" | |
4493 " 構成管理へのファイルの追加登録を予約します。\n" | |
4494 "\n" | |
4495 " 指定されたファイルは次回のコミットの際にリポジトリに追加されます。\n" | |
4496 " コミット前に追加登録を取り消す方法は、hg revert を参照してください。\n" | |
4497 "\n" | |
4498 " ファイル名指定が無い場合、作業領域中の全てのファイルを追加登録します。\n" | |
4499 " " | |
4500 | |
4501 msgid "" | |
4502 "add all new files, delete all missing files\n" | |
4503 "\n" | |
4504 " Add all new files and remove all missing files from the repository.\n" | |
4505 "\n" | |
4506 " New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in .hgignore. " | |
4507 "As\n" | |
4508 " with add, these changes take effect at the next commit.\n" | |
4509 "\n" | |
4510 " Use the -s option to detect renamed files. With a parameter > 0,\n" | |
4511 " this compares every removed file with every added file and records\n" | |
4512 " those similar enough as renames. This option takes a percentage\n" | |
4513 " between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must be identical) as its\n" | |
4514 " parameter. Detecting renamed files this way can be expensive.\n" | |
4515 " " | |
4516 msgstr "" | |
4517 "新規ファイルの追加登録、および不在ファイルの登録除外\n" | |
4518 "\n" | |
4519 " 作業領域中の新規ファイルの追加登録、および不在ファイルの登録除外を\n" | |
4520 " 行ないます.\n" | |
4521 "\n" | |
4522 " .hgignore に記述されたパターンに合致する新規ファイルは無視されます。\n" | |
4523 " hg add コマンドと同様に、このコマンドの実行が効果を発揮するのは、\n" | |
4524 " 次回のコミット実施後です。\n" | |
4525 "\n" | |
4526 " ファイルの改名を検知するには -s オプションを使用します。\n" | |
4527 " 0 より大きな値が指定された場合、追加・除外ファイルの全てが比較され、\n" | |
4528 " 改名とみなせるか否かが判定されます。このオプションには、0(改名比較無効)\n" | |
4529 " から 100 (完全一致)までの範囲でパーセンテージを指定します。\n" | |
4530 " 改名判定には実行時間を要する可能性があります。\n" | |
4531 " " | |
4532 | |
4533 msgid "similarity must be a number" | |
4534 msgstr "類似度は数値でなければなりません" | |
4535 | |
4536 msgid "similarity must be between 0 and 100" | |
4537 msgstr "類似度は0から100の間でなければなりません" | |
4538 | |
4539 msgid "" | |
4540 "show changeset information per file line\n" | |
4541 "\n" | |
4542 " List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for each " | |
4543 "line\n" | |
4544 "\n" | |
4545 " This command is useful to discover who did a change or when a change " | |
4546 "took\n" | |
4547 " place.\n" | |
4548 "\n" | |
4549 " Without the -a option, annotate will avoid processing files it\n" | |
4550 " detects as binary. With -a, annotate will generate an annotation\n" | |
4551 " anyway, probably with undesirable results.\n" | |
4552 " " | |
4553 msgstr "" | |
4554 "ファイル行毎のチェンジセット情報表示\n" | |
4555 "\n" | |
4556 " ファイルの各行毎に、その内容が由来するリビジョンIDを表示します。\n" | |
4557 "\n" | |
4558 " 本コマンドは、変更の実施者ないし実施次期を特定するのに有用です。\n" | |
4559 "\n" | |
4560 " -a オプション指定が無い場合、バイナリと思しきファイルは処理対象から\n" | |
4561 " 除外します。-a オプション指定が有る場合、想定外の結果になろうとも、\n" | |
4562 " 全てのファイルに処理を実施します。\n" | |
4563 " " | |
4564 | |
4565 msgid "at least one file name or pattern required" | |
4566 msgstr "ファイル名ないしパターンを最低1つ指定してください" | |
4567 | |
4568 msgid "at least one of -n/-c is required for -l" | |
4569 msgstr "-l 指定時には -n/-c のうち最低でもいずれか1つの指定が必要です" | |
4570 | |
4571 msgid "%s: binary file\n" | |
4572 msgstr "%s: バイナリファイルです\n" | |
4573 | |
4574 msgid "" | |
4575 "create unversioned archive of a repository revision\n" | |
4576 "\n" | |
4577 " By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n" | |
4578 " directory; use \"-r\" to specify a different revision.\n" | |
4579 "\n" | |
4580 " To specify the type of archive to create, use \"-t\". Valid\n" | |
4581 " types are:\n" | |
4582 "\n" | |
4583 " \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n" | |
4584 " \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n" | |
4585 " \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n" | |
4586 " \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n" | |
4587 " \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n" | |
4588 " \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate\n" | |
4589 "\n" | |
4590 " The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n" | |
4591 " using a format string; see \"hg help export\" for details.\n" | |
4592 "\n" | |
4593 " Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n" | |
4594 " prepended. Use \"-p\" to specify a format string for the prefix.\n" | |
4595 " The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes removed.\n" | |
4596 " " | |
4597 msgstr "" | |
4598 "リポジトリ外へのアーカイブの生成\n" | |
4599 "\n" | |
4600 " 指定が無い場合、作業領域の親リビジョンが使用されます。\n" | |
4601 " 他のリビジョンを指定する場合は \"-r\" を使用します。\n" | |
4602 "\n" | |
4603 " 生成するアーカイブの種別を指定する場合は、\"-t\" を使用します。\n" | |
4604 " 使用可能な種別は:\n" | |
4605 "\n" | |
4606 " \"files\" (無指定時): a directory full of files\n" | |
4607 " \"tar\": 非圧縮の tar アーカイブ形式\n" | |
4608 " \"tbz2\": bzip2 圧縮の tar アーカイブ形式\n" | |
4609 " \"tgz\": gzip 圧縮の tar アーカイブ形式\n" | |
4610 " \"uzip\": 非圧縮の zip アーカイブ形式\n" | |
4611 " \"zip\": 圧縮有り zip アーカイブ形式\n" | |
4612 "\n" | |
4613 " 最終的なアーカイブ生成先となるファイル名ないしディレクトリ名は、\n" | |
4614 " 置換指定を使用して指定することができます。\n" | |
4615 " 置換指定に関する詳細は \"hg help export\" を参照してください。\n" | |
4616 "\n" | |
4617 " アーカイブに包含されるファイルには、展開時格納先を指定するための\n" | |
4618 " ディレクトリ前置詞が付与されます。 \"-p\" により前置詞を指定可能です。\n" | |
4619 " ディレクトリ前置詞が無指定の時は、アーカイブファイルのファイル名から\n" | |
4620 " 接尾辞を除いたものが使用されます。\n" | |
4621 " " | |
4622 | |
4623 msgid "no working directory: please specify a revision" | |
4624 msgstr "作業領域からリビジョンを特定できません。リビジョンを指定してください。" | |
4625 | |
4626 msgid "repository root cannot be destination" | |
4627 msgstr "リポジトリのルートを作成先に指定することはできません。" | |
4628 | |
4629 msgid "cannot archive plain files to stdout" | |
4630 msgstr "通常ファイルのアーカイブを標準出力に出力することはできません。" | |
4631 | |
4632 msgid "" | |
4633 "reverse effect of earlier changeset\n" | |
4634 "\n" | |
4635 " Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n" | |
4636 " changeset is a child of the backed out changeset.\n" | |
4637 "\n" | |
4638 " If you back out a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n" | |
4639 " created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n" | |
4640 " backout changeset with another head (current one by default).\n" | |
4641 "\n" | |
4642 " The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n" | |
4643 " before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n" | |
4644 " changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by\n" | |
4645 " hand. The result of this merge is not committed, as for a normal\n" | |
4646 " merge.\n" | |
4647 "\n" | |
4648 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
4649 " " | |
4650 msgstr "" | |
4651 "以前のチェンジセットの効果の打ち消し\n" | |
4652 "\n" | |
4653 " 打ち消し用チェンジセットを新規チェンジセットとしてコミットします。\n" | |
4654 " 新規チェンジセットは、打消し対象チェンジセットの子チェンジセットとして\n" | |
4655 " 作成されます。\n" | |
4656 "\n" | |
4657 " tip 以外のチェンジセットを打ち消す場合、新規ヘッドが生成されます。\n" | |
4658 " このヘッドは新規 tip となりますので、この打ち消しチェンジセットと\n" | |
4659 " 他のヘッド(通常は打ち消し実施前のヘッド)をマージしてください。\n" | |
4660 "\n" | |
4661 " --merge オプション指定時は、実施前に作業領域の親チェンジセットが\n" | |
4662 " 記録され、実施後に新たなヘッドとそのチェンジセットがマージされます。\n" | |
4663 " これにより手動マージの手間が省けます。通常の merge と同様に、\n" | |
4664 " このマージ結果は自動的には commit されません。\n" | |
4665 "\n" | |
4666 " -d/--date への指定に関しては、'hg help dates' を参照してください。\n" | |
4667 " " | |
4668 | |
4669 msgid "please specify just one revision" | |
4670 msgstr "リビジョン指定は1つだけです" | |
4671 | |
4672 msgid "please specify a revision to backout" | |
4673 msgstr "打ち消し対象リビジョンを指定してください" | |
4674 | |
4675 msgid "cannot back out change on a different branch" | |
4676 msgstr "異なるブランチのチェンジセットを打ち消すことはできません" | |
4677 | |
4678 msgid "cannot back out a change with no parents" | |
4679 msgstr "親の無いチェンジセットを打ち消すことはできません" | |
4680 | |
4681 msgid "cannot back out a merge changeset without --parent" | |
4682 msgstr "--parent 指定が無いとマージチェンジセットは打ち消せません" | |
4683 | |
4684 msgid "%s is not a parent of %s" | |
4685 msgstr "%s は %s の親チェンジセットではありません" | |
4686 | |
4687 msgid "cannot use --parent on non-merge changeset" | |
4688 msgstr "非マージチェンジセットには --parent を指定できません" | |
4689 | |
4690 msgid "Backed out changeset %s" | |
4691 msgstr "チェンジセット %s の打ち消し" | |
4692 | |
4693 msgid "changeset %s backs out changeset %s\n" | |
4694 msgstr "チェンジセット %s はチェンジセット %s を打ち消します\n" | |
4695 | |
4696 msgid "merging with changeset %s\n" | |
4697 msgstr "チェンジセット %s とマージ中\n" | |
4698 | |
4699 msgid "the backout changeset is a new head - do not forget to merge\n" | |
4700 msgstr "打ち消しチェンジセットによりヘッドが増えます - マージを忘れずに\n" | |
4701 | |
4702 msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n" | |
4703 msgstr "(自動的にマージしたい場合は \"backout --merge\")\n" | |
4704 | |
4705 msgid "" | |
4706 "subdivision search of changesets\n" | |
4707 "\n" | |
4708 " This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems.\n" | |
4709 " To use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem\n" | |
4710 " as bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the\n" | |
4711 " problem as good. Bisect will update your working directory to a\n" | |
4712 " revision for testing (unless the --noupdate option is specified).\n" | |
4713 " Once you have performed tests, mark the working directory as bad\n" | |
4714 " or good and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n" | |
4715 " or announce that it has found the bad revision.\n" | |
4716 "\n" | |
4717 " As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n" | |
4718 " revision as good or bad without checking it out first.\n" | |
4719 "\n" | |
4720 " If you supply a command it will be used for automatic bisection. Its " | |
4721 "exit\n" | |
4722 " status will be used as flag to mark revision as bad or good. In case " | |
4723 "exit\n" | |
4724 " status is 0 the revision is marked as good, 125 - skipped, 127 (command " | |
4725 "not\n" | |
4726 " found) - bisection will be aborted and any other status bigger than 0 " | |
4727 "will\n" | |
4728 " mark revision as bad.\n" | |
4729 " " | |
4730 msgstr "" | |
4731 "チェンジセットの分割探索\n" | |
4732 "\n" | |
4733 " 問題発生契機となるチェンジセットの特定を補助します。\n" | |
4734 " 使用開始の際には、問題が発生するのが既知の最古のチェンジセットを\n" | |
4735 " bad とマークし、問題の発生しない最も新しいチェンジセットを\n" | |
4736 " good とマークします。bisect コマンドは作業領域を検証対象チェンジセット\n" | |
4737 " へと更新します(--noupdate 指定時除く)。\n" | |
4738 " 当該チェンジセットを検証したなら、作業領域(のチェンジセット)を bad \n" | |
4739 " あるいは good でマークしてください。bisect は作業領域を次の検証候補\n" | |
4740 " チェンジセットで更新するか、bad リビジョンを特定できた旨を出力します。\n" | |
4741 "\n" | |
4742 " 手短には、リビジョン指定を使用して、作業領域の更新無しでリビジョンを\n" | |
4743 " good ないし bad にマークすることもできます。\n" | |
4744 "\n" | |
4745 " コマンドを指定した場合は、自動的な分割探索に使用されます。\n" | |
4746 " コマンドの終了コードはリビジョンに対する bad ないし good のマーク付け\n" | |
4747 " に使用されます。終了コード 0 は good、125 はスキップ、127(コマンドが\n" | |
4748 " 見つからない場合)は分割検索中断、それ以外の 0 より大きい終了コードは\n" | |
4749 " bad のマーク付けとみなされます。\n" | |
4750 " " | |
4751 | |
4752 msgid "The first %s revision is:\n" | |
4753 msgstr "" | |
4754 | |
4755 msgid "Due to skipped revisions, the first %s revision could be any of:\n" | |
4756 msgstr "" | |
4757 | |
4758 msgid "cannot bisect (no known good revisions)" | |
4759 msgstr "" | |
4760 | |
4761 msgid "cannot bisect (no known bad revisions)" | |
4762 msgstr "" | |
4763 | |
4764 msgid "(use of 'hg bisect <cmd>' is deprecated)\n" | |
4765 msgstr "" | |
4766 | |
4767 msgid "incompatible arguments" | |
4768 msgstr "" | |
4769 | |
4770 msgid "failed to execute %s" | |
4771 msgstr "" | |
4772 | |
4773 msgid "%s killed" | |
4774 msgstr "" | |
4775 | |
4776 msgid "Changeset %s: %s\n" | |
4777 msgstr "" | |
4778 | |
4779 msgid "Testing changeset %s:%s (%s changesets remaining, ~%s tests)\n" | |
4780 msgstr "" | |
4781 | |
4782 msgid "" | |
4783 "set or show the current branch name\n" | |
4784 "\n" | |
4785 " With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n" | |
4786 " set the working directory branch name (the branch does not exist in\n" | |
4787 " the repository until the next commit).\n" | |
4788 "\n" | |
4789 " Unless --force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n" | |
4790 " branch name that shadows an existing branch.\n" | |
4791 "\n" | |
4792 " Use --clean to reset the working directory branch to that of the\n" | |
4793 " parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch change.\n" | |
4794 "\n" | |
4795 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n" | |
4796 " " | |
4797 msgstr "" | |
4798 "現ブランチ名の設定ないし表示\n" | |
4799 "\n" | |
4800 " 引数無しの場合、現ブランチ名を表示します。引数有りの場合、\n" | |
4801 " 作業領域のブランチ名を設定します(ブランチ生成は次回コミット時)。\n" | |
4802 "\n" | |
4803 " --force 指定が無い場合、既存ブランチを隠すブランチ名は設定できません。\n" | |
4804 "\n" | |
4805 " --clean 指定により、以前のブランチ名設定を無効にして、作業領域の\n" | |
4806 " 親リビジョンのブランチ名に戻します。\n" | |
4807 "\n" | |
4808 " 作業領域の内容を既存ブランチのもので更新する場合は 'hg update' を\n" | |
4809 " 使用してください。\n" | |
4810 " " | |
4811 | |
4812 msgid "reset working directory to branch %s\n" | |
4813 msgstr "" | |
4814 | |
4815 msgid "a branch of the same name already exists (use --force to override)" | |
4816 msgstr "" | |
4817 | |
4818 msgid "marked working directory as branch %s\n" | |
4819 msgstr "" | |
4820 | |
4821 msgid "" | |
4822 "list repository named branches\n" | |
4823 "\n" | |
4824 " List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n" | |
4825 " inactive. If active is specified, only show active branches.\n" | |
4826 "\n" | |
4827 " A branch is considered active if it contains repository heads.\n" | |
4828 "\n" | |
4829 " Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n" | |
4830 " " | |
4831 msgstr "" | |
4832 "リポジトリ中の名前付きブランチの一覧\n" | |
4833 "\n" | |
4834 " リポジトリ中の名前付きブランチを、非活性(inactive)のものも含め\n" | |
4835 " 一覧表示します。--active 指定時には、活性のもののみ表示されます。\n" | |
4836 "\n" | |
4837 " リポジトリ中にヘッドを持つブランチは活性とみなされます。\n" | |
4838 "\n" | |
4839 " 作業領域の内容を既存ブランチのもので更新する場合は 'hg update' を\n" | |
4840 " 使用してください。\n" | |
4841 " " | |
4842 | |
4843 msgid "" | |
4844 "create a changegroup file\n" | |
4845 "\n" | |
4846 " Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n" | |
4847 " found in the other repository.\n" | |
4848 "\n" | |
4849 " If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n" | |
4850 " assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n" | |
4851 " parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n" | |
4852 " --all (or --base null). To change the compression method applied,\n" | |
4853 " use the -t option (by default, bundles are compressed using bz2).\n" | |
4854 "\n" | |
4855 " The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means and\n" | |
4856 " applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull command.\n" | |
4857 " This is useful when direct push and pull are not available or when\n" | |
4858 " exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n" | |
4859 "\n" | |
4860 " Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n" | |
4861 " permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n" | |
4862 " " | |
4863 msgstr "" | |
4864 "バンドルファイルの生成\n" | |
4865 "\n" | |
4866 " 比較対象リポジトリに存在しないチェンジセットの情報をまとめた、圧縮付き\n" | |
4867 " バンドルファイルを生成します。\n" | |
4868 "\n" | |
4869 " 比較対象リポジトリが指定されない場合、1つ以上の --base で指定された\n" | |
4870 " 全てのチェンジセットを持つリポジトリが想定されます。\n" | |
4871 " 全てのチェンジセットを含むバンドルファイルを生成するには、--all \n" | |
4872 " (ないし \"--base null\") を指定してください。圧縮方式を変更する場合は\n" | |
4873 " -t オプションを使用します(無指定時は bz2 圧縮)。\n" | |
4874 "\n" | |
4875 " 生成されたバンドルファイルは、任意の方法で転送し、他のリポジトリ上で\n" | |
4876 " unbundle ないし pull コマンドにより適用可能です。\n" | |
4877 " push/pull による直接転送ができない場合や、リポジトリ全体の公開が\n" | |
4878 " 望ましく無い場合に、バンドルファイルは有用です。\n" | |
4879 "\n" | |
4880 " バンドルの適用により、権限設定、複製/改名、変更履歴といった情報を含む\n" | |
4881 " 全ての更新内容が取り込まれます。\n" | |
4882 " " | |
4883 | |
4884 msgid "--base is incompatible with specifiying a destination" | |
4885 msgstr "" | |
4886 | |
4887 msgid "unknown bundle type specified with --type" | |
4888 msgstr "" | |
4889 | |
4890 msgid "" | |
4891 "output the current or given revision of files\n" | |
4892 "\n" | |
4893 " Print the specified files as they were at the given revision.\n" | |
4894 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" | |
4895 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n" | |
4896 "\n" | |
4897 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" | |
4898 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n" | |
4899 " for the export command, with the following additions:\n" | |
4900 "\n" | |
4901 " %s basename of file being printed\n" | |
4902 " %d dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repo root\n" | |
4903 " %p root-relative path name of file being printed\n" | |
4904 " " | |
4905 msgstr "" | |
4906 "指定されたリビジョンのファイル内容の出力\n" | |
4907 "\n" | |
4908 " 特定のファイルの指定されたリビジョンにおける内容を出力します。\n" | |
4909 " リビジョン指定が無い場合、作業領域の親リビジョンか、\n" | |
4910 " 作業領域の更新前なら tip が使用されます。\n" | |
4911 "\n" | |
4912 " (置換指定可能な)出力先指定がある場合、出力はファイルに保存されます。\n" | |
4913 " 置換指定は export コマンドで指定可能なものに加え、\n" | |
4914 " 以下のものが指定可能です。\n" | |
4915 "\n" | |
4916 " %s 対象ファイルのベース名\n" | |
4917 " %d 対象ファイルの格納ディレクトリ、ないし '.'\n" | |
4918 " %p 対象ファイルのリポジトリルートからの相対パス\n" | |
4919 " " | |
4920 | |
4921 msgid "" | |
4922 "make a copy of an existing repository\n" | |
4923 "\n" | |
4924 " Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n" | |
4925 "\n" | |
4926 " If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n" | |
4927 " basename of the source.\n" | |
4928 "\n" | |
4929 " The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n" | |
4930 " .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n" | |
4931 "\n" | |
4932 " For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n" | |
4933 " and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n" | |
4934 " to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n" | |
4935 " filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n" | |
4936 " do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n" | |
4937 " avoid hardlinking.\n" | |
4938 "\n" | |
4939 " In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n" | |
4940 " using full hardlinks with\n" | |
4941 "\n" | |
4942 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |
4943 "\n" | |
4944 " This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n" | |
4945 " operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n" | |
4946 " the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n" | |
4947 " breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n" | |
4948 " this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n" | |
4949 " metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n" | |
4950 "\n" | |
4951 " If you use the -r option to clone up to a specific revision, no\n" | |
4952 " subsequent revisions will be present in the cloned repository.\n" | |
4953 " This option implies --pull, even on local repositories.\n" | |
4954 "\n" | |
4955 " If the -U option is used, the new clone will contain only a repository\n" | |
4956 " (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy parent is the null " | |
4957 "revision).\n" | |
4958 "\n" | |
4959 " See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n" | |
4960 "\n" | |
4961 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n" | |
4962 " .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n" | |
4963 " Look at the help text for urls for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |
4964 " " | |
4965 msgstr "" | |
4966 "既存リポジトリの複製\n" | |
4967 "\n" | |
4968 " 既存リポジトリを、新規ディレクトリに複製します。\n" | |
4969 "\n" | |
4970 " 複製先ディレクトリが指定されない場合、複製元のベース名を使用します。\n" | |
4971 "\n" | |
4972 " 複製元リポジトリ位置は、複製先リポジトリの .hg/hgrc ファイルに対して\n" | |
4973 " 将来的な pull 実施に備えて default 名義で記録されます。\n" | |
4974 "\n" | |
4975 " 効率上の理由から、複製元/複製先が同一ファイルシステム上にある場合、\n" | |
4976 " (リポジトリの内部データに対してのみ)ハードリンクが使用されます。\n" | |
4977 " AFS を含む幾つかのファイルシステムは、ハードリンク実装が不適切である\n" | |
4978 " にも関わらず、エラー通知がありません。このような場合にハードリンクを\n" | |
4979 " 抑止するには --pull オプションを使用します。\n" | |
4980 "\n" | |
4981 " リポジトリの内部データと作業領域中のファイル全てに対して、ハードリンク\n" | |
4982 " による複製を作成するには、以下の方法が使えるかも知れません。\n" | |
4983 "\n" | |
4984 " $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n" | |
4985 "\n" | |
4986 " この方法は最速の複製方法かもしれませんが、常に安全とは限りません。\n" | |
4987 " 操作の単一性は保障されません(REPO の複製中改変の防止は利用者の責務)し、\n" | |
4988 " 利用するエディタに改変時のハードリンク破棄をさせる必要があります\n" | |
4989 " (Emacs および多くの Linux Kernel ツールはそのように振舞います)。\n" | |
4990 " この制約は、.hg ディレクトリ配下にメタデータを配置する、MQ のような\n" | |
4991 " エクステンションとは相容れないものです。\n" | |
4992 "\n" | |
4993 " -r オプションによるリビジョン指定複製を行なう場合、複製先リポジトリには\n" | |
4994 " 指定リビジョン以後のリビジョンは存在しません。\n" | |
4995 " このオプションは、同一ファイルシステム上での複製であっても、暗黙的に\n" | |
4996 " --pull 指定を伴います。\n" | |
4997 "\n" | |
4998 " -U オプション指定時は、管理領域(.hg)の複製は行なわれますが、\n" | |
4999 " 複製後の作業領域更新は行なわれません(親リビジョンが無い状態)。\n" | |
5000 "\n" | |
5001 " 有効な複製元指定形式は 'hg help urls' を参照してください。\n" | |
5002 "\n" | |
5003 " 複製先として ssh:// URL 形式を指定することも可能ですが、\n" | |
5004 " .hg/hgrc および作業領域は遠隔ホストに作成されます。\n" | |
5005 " ssh:// URL 形式の詳細に関しては、'hg help urls' を参照してください。\n" | |
5006 " " | |
5007 | |
5008 msgid "" | |
5009 "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes\n" | |
5010 "\n" | |
5011 " Commit changes to the given files into the repository.\n" | |
5012 "\n" | |
5013 " If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n" | |
5014 " will be committed.\n" | |
5015 "\n" | |
5016 " If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n" | |
5017 " file names or -I/-X filters.\n" | |
5018 "\n" | |
5019 " If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is started to\n" | |
5020 " enter a message.\n" | |
5021 "\n" | |
5022 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
5023 " " | |
5024 msgstr "" | |
5025 "変更内容のリポジトリへの記録(コミット)\n" | |
5026 "\n" | |
5027 " 指定されたファイルの変更内容をリポジトリに記録(コミット)します。\n" | |
5028 "\n" | |
5029 " ファイル指定が省略された場合、\"hg status\" により検出される全ての\n" | |
5030 " 変更内容がコミットされます。\n" | |
5031 "\n" | |
5032 " \"hg merge\" 結果のコミットの場合、ファイル名ないし -I/-X オプションの\n" | |
5033 " いずれも指定しないでください。\n" | |
5034 "\n" | |
5035 " コミットメッセージが指定されない場合、メッセージ入力のためのプログラム" | |
5036 "が\n" | |
5037 " 設定に従って起動されます。\n" | |
5038 "\n" | |
5039 " -d/--date への指定に関しては、'hg help dates' を参照してください。\n" | |
5040 " " | |
5041 | |
5042 msgid "created new head\n" | |
5043 msgstr "" | |
5044 | |
5045 msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n" | |
5046 msgstr "" | |
5047 | |
5048 msgid "" | |
5049 "mark files as copied for the next commit\n" | |
5050 "\n" | |
5051 " Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n" | |
5052 " directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n" | |
5053 " there can only be one source.\n" | |
5054 "\n" | |
5055 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n" | |
5056 " stand in the working directory. If invoked with --after, the\n" | |
5057 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n" | |
5058 "\n" | |
5059 " This command takes effect in the next commit. To undo a copy\n" | |
5060 " before that, see hg revert.\n" | |
5061 " " | |
5062 msgstr "" | |
5063 "指定されたファイルの複製\n" | |
5064 "\n" | |
5065 " 対象ファイルが複製元の複製であることを記録します。複製先指定が\n" | |
5066 " ディレクトリの場合、複製ファイルは当該ディレクトリに格納されます。\n" | |
5067 " 複製先指定がファイルの場合、複製元は1つしか指定できません。\n" | |
5068 "\n" | |
5069 " 特に指定が無い場合本コマンドは、複製元ファイルの内容で作業領域に\n" | |
5070 " 指定された名前のファイルを作成します。--after 指定がある場合、「複製」\n" | |
5071 " 操作は記録されますが、複製ファイルの生成は行われません。\n" | |
5072 "\n" | |
5073 " 本コマンドの実行結果は次回のコミットの際にリポジトリに記録されます。\n" | |
5074 " コミット前に複製操作を取り消す方法は hg revert を参照してください。\n" | |
5075 " " | |
5076 | |
5077 msgid "find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index" | |
5078 msgstr "" | |
5079 | |
5080 msgid "There is no Mercurial repository here (.hg not found)" | |
5081 msgstr "" | |
5082 | |
5083 msgid "either two or three arguments required" | |
5084 msgstr "" | |
5085 | |
5086 msgid "returns the completion list associated with the given command" | |
5087 msgstr "" | |
5088 | |
5089 msgid "rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given revision" | |
5090 msgstr "" | |
5091 | |
5092 msgid "validate the correctness of the current dirstate" | |
5093 msgstr "" | |
5094 | |
5095 msgid "%s in state %s, but not in manifest1\n" | |
5096 msgstr "" | |
5097 | |
5098 msgid "%s in state %s, but also in manifest1\n" | |
5099 msgstr "" | |
5100 | |
5101 msgid "%s in state %s, but not in either manifest\n" | |
5102 msgstr "" | |
5103 | |
5104 msgid "%s in manifest1, but listed as state %s" | |
5105 msgstr "" | |
5106 | |
5107 msgid ".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest" | |
5108 msgstr "" | |
5109 | |
5110 msgid "" | |
5111 "show combined config settings from all hgrc files\n" | |
5112 "\n" | |
5113 " With no args, print names and values of all config items.\n" | |
5114 "\n" | |
5115 " With one arg of the form section.name, print just the value of\n" | |
5116 " that config item.\n" | |
5117 "\n" | |
5118 " With multiple args, print names and values of all config items\n" | |
5119 " with matching section names." | |
5120 msgstr "" | |
5121 | |
5122 msgid "only one config item permitted" | |
5123 msgstr "" | |
5124 | |
5125 msgid "" | |
5126 "manually set the parents of the current working directory\n" | |
5127 "\n" | |
5128 " This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n" | |
5129 " be used with care.\n" | |
5130 " " | |
5131 msgstr "" | |
5132 | |
5133 msgid "show the contents of the current dirstate" | |
5134 msgstr "" | |
5135 | |
5136 msgid "copy: %s -> %s\n" | |
5137 msgstr "" | |
5138 | |
5139 msgid "dump the contents of a data file revision" | |
5140 msgstr "" | |
5141 | |
5142 msgid "invalid revision identifier %s" | |
5143 msgstr "" | |
5144 | |
5145 msgid "parse and display a date" | |
5146 msgstr "" | |
5147 | |
5148 msgid "dump the contents of an index file" | |
5149 msgstr "" | |
5150 | |
5151 msgid "dump an index DAG as a .dot file" | |
5152 msgstr "" | |
5153 | |
5154 msgid "test Mercurial installation" | |
5155 msgstr "" | |
5156 | |
5157 msgid "Checking encoding (%s)...\n" | |
5158 msgstr "" | |
5159 | |
5160 msgid " (check that your locale is properly set)\n" | |
5161 msgstr "" | |
5162 | |
5163 msgid "Checking extensions...\n" | |
5164 msgstr "" | |
5165 | |
5166 msgid " One or more extensions could not be found" | |
5167 msgstr "" | |
5168 | |
5169 msgid " (check that you compiled the extensions)\n" | |
5170 msgstr "" | |
5171 | |
5172 msgid "Checking templates...\n" | |
5173 msgstr "" | |
5174 | |
5175 msgid " (templates seem to have been installed incorrectly)\n" | |
5176 msgstr "" | |
5177 | |
5178 msgid "Checking patch...\n" | |
5179 msgstr "" | |
5180 | |
5181 msgid " patch call failed:\n" | |
5182 msgstr "" | |
5183 | |
5184 msgid " unexpected patch output!\n" | |
5185 msgstr "" | |
5186 | |
5187 msgid " patch test failed!\n" | |
5188 msgstr "" | |
5189 | |
5190 msgid "" | |
5191 " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. " | |
5192 "Please check your .hgrc file)\n" | |
5193 msgstr "" | |
5194 | |
5195 msgid "" | |
5196 " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://www.selenic." | |
5197 "com/mercurial/bts\n" | |
5198 msgstr "" | |
5199 | |
5200 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n" | |
5201 msgstr "" | |
5202 | |
5203 msgid " No commit editor set and can't find vi in PATH\n" | |
5204 msgstr "" | |
5205 | |
5206 msgid " (specify a commit editor in your .hgrc file)\n" | |
5207 msgstr "" | |
5208 | |
5209 msgid " Can't find editor '%s' in PATH\n" | |
5210 msgstr "" | |
5211 | |
5212 msgid "Checking username...\n" | |
5213 msgstr "" | |
5214 | |
5215 msgid " (specify a username in your .hgrc file)\n" | |
5216 msgstr "" | |
5217 | |
5218 msgid "No problems detected\n" | |
5219 msgstr "" | |
5220 | |
5221 msgid "%s problems detected, please check your install!\n" | |
5222 msgstr "" | |
5223 | |
5224 msgid "dump rename information" | |
5225 msgstr "" | |
5226 | |
5227 msgid "%s renamed from %s:%s\n" | |
5228 msgstr "" | |
5229 | |
5230 msgid "%s not renamed\n" | |
5231 msgstr "" | |
5232 | |
5233 msgid "show how files match on given patterns" | |
5234 msgstr "" | |
5235 | |
5236 msgid "" | |
5237 "diff repository (or selected files)\n" | |
5238 "\n" | |
5239 " Show differences between revisions for the specified files.\n" | |
5240 "\n" | |
5241 " Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.\n" | |
5242 "\n" | |
5243 " NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n" | |
5244 " default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n" | |
5245 " changeset if no revisions are specified.\n" | |
5246 "\n" | |
5247 " When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown\n" | |
5248 " between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then\n" | |
5249 " that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no\n" | |
5250 " revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n" | |
5251 " to its parent.\n" | |
5252 "\n" | |
5253 " Without the -a option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files\n" | |
5254 " it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway,\n" | |
5255 " probably with undesirable results.\n" | |
5256 "\n" | |
5257 " Use the --git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" | |
5258 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information.\n" | |
5259 " " | |
5260 msgstr "" | |
5261 "作業領域全体(ないし指定ファイル)の差分抽出\n" | |
5262 "\n" | |
5263 " 指定されたファイルに対して、リビジョン間の差分を表示します。\n" | |
5264 "\n" | |
5265 " 差分は unified diff 形式で表示されます。\n" | |
5266 "\n" | |
5267 " 備考: マージに対する差分表示が期待と異なる場合があるのは、\n" | |
5268 " 無指定時に比較対象となるのが作業領域の第1親リビジョンであるためです。\n" | |
5269 "\n" | |
5270 " リビジョンが2つ指定された場合、両リビジョン間の差分が表示されます。\n" | |
5271 " リビジョンが1つ指定された場合、当該リビジョンと作業領域の内容が比較\n" | |
5272 " され、リビジョンが1つも指定されない場合は、作業領域の内容と\n" | |
5273 " 親リビジョンとが比較されます。\n" | |
5274 "\n" | |
5275 " -a オプション指定が無い場合、バイナリと思しきファイルは処理対象から\n" | |
5276 " 除外します。-a オプション指定が有る場合、想定外の結果になろうとも、\n" | |
5277 " 全てのファイルに処理を実施します。\n" | |
5278 "\n" | |
5279 " git 拡張差分形式で表示するには --git オプションを指定します。\n" | |
5280 " 詳細は \"hg help diffs\" を参照してください。\n" | |
5281 " " | |
5282 | |
5283 msgid "cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time" | |
5284 msgstr "" | |
5285 | |
5286 msgid "" | |
5287 "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets\n" | |
5288 "\n" | |
5289 " Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.\n" | |
5290 "\n" | |
5291 " The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n" | |
5292 " changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment.\n" | |
5293 "\n" | |
5294 " NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge changesets,\n" | |
5295 " as it will compare the merge changeset against its first parent only.\n" | |
5296 "\n" | |
5297 " Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n" | |
5298 " given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:\n" | |
5299 "\n" | |
5300 " %% literal \"%\" character\n" | |
5301 " %H changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" | |
5302 " %N number of patches being generated\n" | |
5303 " %R changeset revision number\n" | |
5304 " %b basename of the exporting repository\n" | |
5305 " %h short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n" | |
5306 " %n zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n" | |
5307 " %r zero-padded changeset revision number\n" | |
5308 "\n" | |
5309 " Without the -a option, export will avoid generating diffs of files\n" | |
5310 " it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a diff anyway,\n" | |
5311 " probably with undesirable results.\n" | |
5312 "\n" | |
5313 " Use the --git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n" | |
5314 " format. Read the diffs help topic for more information.\n" | |
5315 "\n" | |
5316 " With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the second\n" | |
5317 " parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n" | |
5318 " " | |
5319 msgstr "" | |
5320 "1つ以上のチェンジセットに対するヘッダおよび変更内容の出力\n" | |
5321 "\n" | |
5322 " 1つ以上のリビジョンに対して、ヘッダ情報および変更内容を表示します。\n" | |
5323 "\n" | |
5324 " ヘッダ情報には以下の情報が含まれます: \n" | |
5325 " 作成者/ハッシュ値/親リビジョン/コミットログ\n" | |
5326 "\n" | |
5327 " 備考: 本コマンドがマージ実施チェンジセットに対して、期待と異なる差分を\n" | |
5328 " 出力するのは、第1親との差分のみを出力するためです。\n" | |
5329 "\n" | |
5330 " (置換指定可能な)出力先指定がある場合、出力はファイルに保存されます。\n" | |
5331 " 置換指定として以下のものが使用可能です:\n" | |
5332 "\n" | |
5333 " %% \"%\" 文字そのもの\n" | |
5334 " %H ハッシュ値(40 桁 16 進数)\n" | |
5335 " %N 生成されるファイルの総数\n" | |
5336 " %R リビジョン番号\n" | |
5337 " %b 対象リポジトリのベース名\n" | |
5338 " %h 短縮形式ハッシュ値(12 桁 16 進数)\n" | |
5339 " %n 1から始まるゼロ詰めの通し番号\n" | |
5340 " %r ゼロ詰めのリビジョン番号\n" | |
5341 "\n" | |
5342 " -a オプション指定が無い場合、バイナリと思しきファイルは処理対象から\n" | |
5343 " 除外します。-a オプション指定が有る場合、想定外の結果になろうとも、\n" | |
5344 " 全てのファイルに処理を実施します。\n" | |
5345 "\n" | |
5346 " git 拡張差分形式で表示するには --git オプションを指定します。\n" | |
5347 " 詳細は \"hg help diffs\" を参照してください。\n" | |
5348 "\n" | |
5349 " --switch-parent オプションを指定することで、比較対象が第2親になります。\n" | |
5350 " これはマージのレビューの際などに有効です。\n" | |
5351 " " | |
5352 | |
5353 msgid "export requires at least one changeset" | |
5354 msgstr "" | |
5355 | |
5356 msgid "exporting patches:\n" | |
5357 msgstr "" | |
5358 | |
5359 msgid "exporting patch:\n" | |
5360 msgstr "" | |
5361 | |
5362 msgid "" | |
5363 "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions\n" | |
5364 "\n" | |
5365 " Search revisions of files for a regular expression.\n" | |
5366 "\n" | |
5367 " This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n" | |
5368 " Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n" | |
5369 " working directory. It always prints the revision number in which\n" | |
5370 " a match appears.\n" | |
5371 "\n" | |
5372 " By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n" | |
5373 " file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n" | |
5374 " that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n" | |
5375 " becomes a non-match, or \"+\" for a non-match that becomes a match),\n" | |
5376 " use the --all flag.\n" | |
5377 " " | |
5378 msgstr "" | |
5379 "特定のパターンに合致するファイルとリビジョンの検索\n" | |
5380 "\n" | |
5381 " 正規表現に合致するファイルを含むリビジョンを検索します。\n" | |
5382 "\n" | |
5383 " 本コマンドの挙動は Unix の grep とは異なります。解釈可能な正規表現は\n" | |
5384 " Python/Perl 形式のものだけです。検索対象はリポジトリ内のデータのみで、\n" | |
5385 " 作業領域は検索対象には含まれません。パターンに合致する内容が現れた\n" | |
5386 " リビジョンを表示します。\n" | |
5387 "\n" | |
5388 " 指定が無い場合本コマンドは、パターンに合致する内容が最小に現れた\n" | |
5389 " リビジョンを各ファイル毎に表示します。パターンに合致する変更のあった\n" | |
5390 " 全てのリビジョンを表示する場合、--all オプションを指定します\n" | |
5391 " (パターン合致部分の削除は \"-\"、登場は \"+\" を表示することで区別)。\n" | |
5392 " " | |
5393 | |
5394 msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n" | |
5395 msgstr "" | |
5396 | |
5397 msgid "" | |
5398 "show current repository heads or show branch heads\n" | |
5399 "\n" | |
5400 " With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n" | |
5401 "\n" | |
5402 " If branch or revisions names are given this will show the heads of\n" | |
5403 " the specified branches or the branches those revisions are tagged\n" | |
5404 " with.\n" | |
5405 "\n" | |
5406 " Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n" | |
5407 " changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n" | |
5408 " are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n" | |
5409 "\n" | |
5410 " Branch heads are changesets that have a given branch tag, but have\n" | |
5411 " no child changesets with that tag. They are usually where\n" | |
5412 " development on the given branch takes place.\n" | |
5413 " " | |
5414 msgstr "" | |
5415 "現時点でのリポジトリ(ないしブランチ)のヘッド表示\n" | |
5416 "\n" | |
5417 " 引数指定が無い場合、リポジトリ中の全てのヘッドを表示します。\n" | |
5418 "\n" | |
5419 " ブランチないしリビジョンが指定された場合本コマンドは、指定された\n" | |
5420 " ブランチ、ないし指定リビジョンが属するブランチのヘッドを表示します。\n" | |
5421 "\n" | |
5422 " リポジトリの「ヘッド」とは、子チェンジセットを持たないチェンジセットの\n" | |
5423 " ことを指します。改変作業の実施や、update/merge コマンド実施の際には\n" | |
5424 " このチェンジセットを対象とするのが一般的です。\n" | |
5425 "\n" | |
5426 " ブランチのヘッドは、当該ブランチに属しつつ、そのブランチに属する\n" | |
5427 " 子チェンジセットを持たないチェンジセットのことを指します。\n" | |
5428 " 当該ブランチでの作業はこのチェンジセットを対象とするのが一般的です。\n" | |
5429 " " | |
5430 | |
5431 msgid "no changes on branch %s containing %s are reachable from %s\n" | |
5432 msgstr "" | |
5433 | |
5434 msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n" | |
5435 msgstr "" | |
5436 | |
5437 msgid "" | |
5438 "show help for a given topic or a help overview\n" | |
5439 "\n" | |
5440 " With no arguments, print a list of commands and short help.\n" | |
5441 "\n" | |
5442 " Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that topic." | |
5443 msgstr "" | |
5444 "指定されたトピックのヘルプやヘルプ概要の表示\n" | |
5445 "\n" | |
5446 " 引数指定が無い場合、コマンドの一覧と概要を表示します。\n" | |
5447 "\n" | |
5448 " トピックやコマンド名が指定された場合、指定対象のヘルプを表示します。" | |
5449 | |
5450 msgid "global options:" | |
5451 msgstr "グローバルオプション:" | |
5452 | |
5453 msgid "use \"hg help\" for the full list of commands" | |
5454 msgstr "全コマンドの一覧は \"hg help\" で表示されます" | |
5455 | |
5456 msgid "use \"hg help\" for the full list of commands or \"hg -v\" for details" | |
5457 msgstr "" | |
5458 "全コマンドの一覧は \"hg help\" で、コマンド詳細は \"hg -v\" で表示されます" | |
5459 | |
5460 msgid "use \"hg -v help%s\" to show aliases and global options" | |
5461 msgstr "別名およびグローバルオプションは \"hg -v help%s\" で表示されます" | |
5462 | |
5463 msgid "use \"hg -v help %s\" to show global options" | |
5464 msgstr "グローバルオプションは \"hg -v help %s\" で表示されます" | |
5465 | |
5466 msgid "" | |
5467 "list of commands:\n" | |
5468 "\n" | |
5469 msgstr "" | |
5470 "コマンド一覧:\n" | |
5471 "\n" | |
5472 | |
5473 msgid "" | |
5474 "\n" | |
5475 "aliases: %s\n" | |
5476 msgstr "" | |
5477 "\n" | |
5478 "別名: %s\n" | |
5479 | |
5480 msgid "(no help text available)" | |
5481 msgstr "" | |
5482 | |
5483 msgid "options:\n" | |
5484 msgstr "オプション:\n" | |
5485 | |
5486 msgid "no commands defined\n" | |
5487 msgstr "" | |
5488 | |
5489 msgid "" | |
5490 "\n" | |
5491 "enabled extensions:\n" | |
5492 "\n" | |
5493 msgstr "" | |
5494 "\n" | |
5495 "利用可能な拡張機能:\n" | |
5496 "\n" | |
5497 | |
5498 msgid " %s %s\n" | |
5499 msgstr "" | |
5500 | |
5501 msgid "no help text available" | |
5502 msgstr "" | |
5503 | |
5504 msgid "%s extension - %s\n" | |
5505 msgstr "" | |
5506 | |
5507 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n" | |
5508 msgstr "Mercurial - 分散構成管理ツール\n" | |
5509 | |
5510 msgid "" | |
5511 "basic commands:\n" | |
5512 "\n" | |
5513 msgstr "" | |
5514 "基本コマンド:\n" | |
5515 "\n" | |
5516 | |
5517 msgid "" | |
5518 "\n" | |
5519 "additional help topics:\n" | |
5520 "\n" | |
5521 msgstr "" | |
5522 "\n" | |
5523 "追加のヘルプトピック:\n" | |
5524 "\n" | |
5525 | |
5526 msgid "" | |
5527 "identify the working copy or specified revision\n" | |
5528 "\n" | |
5529 " With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the repo.\n" | |
5530 "\n" | |
5531 " With a path, do a lookup in another repository.\n" | |
5532 "\n" | |
5533 " This summary identifies the repository state using one or two parent\n" | |
5534 " hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are uncommitted changes\n" | |
5535 " in the working directory, a list of tags for this revision and a branch\n" | |
5536 " name for non-default branches.\n" | |
5537 " " | |
5538 msgstr "" | |
5539 "作業領域ないし特定リビジョンの識別情報表示\n" | |
5540 "\n" | |
5541 " リビジョン指定無しの起動では、作業領域の状態を表示します。\n" | |
5542 "\n" | |
5543 " パス指定有りでの起動の場合は、他のリポジトリを参照します。\n" | |
5544 "\n" | |
5545 " 本コマンドの出力する要約情報は、1つないし2つの親リビジョンのハッシュ値" | |
5546 "を\n" | |
5547 " 使用して、作業領域の状態を識別します。ハッシュ値の後ろには、作業領域に\n" | |
5548 " 未コミットの変更がある場合は \"+\"、当該リビジョンに付いているタグの\n" | |
5549 " 一覧、default 以外のブランチの場合にはブランチ名が続きます。\n" | |
5550 " " | |
5551 | |
5552 msgid "" | |
5553 "import an ordered set of patches\n" | |
5554 "\n" | |
5555 " Import a list of patches and commit them individually.\n" | |
5556 "\n" | |
5557 " If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n" | |
5558 " will abort unless given the -f flag.\n" | |
5559 "\n" | |
5560 " You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n" | |
5561 " as attachments work (body part must be type text/plain or\n" | |
5562 " text/x-patch to be used). From and Subject headers of email\n" | |
5563 " message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n" | |
5564 " text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n" | |
5565 " message.\n" | |
5566 "\n" | |
5567 " If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and description\n" | |
5568 " from patch override values from message headers and body. Values\n" | |
5569 " given on command line with -m and -u override these.\n" | |
5570 "\n" | |
5571 " If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory\n" | |
5572 " to the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort\n" | |
5573 " if the resulting changeset has a different ID than the one\n" | |
5574 " recorded in the patch. This may happen due to character set\n" | |
5575 " problems or other deficiencies in the text patch format.\n" | |
5576 "\n" | |
5577 " With --similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and copies\n" | |
5578 " in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'.\n" | |
5579 "\n" | |
5580 " To read a patch from standard input, use patch name \"-\".\n" | |
5581 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
5582 " " | |
5583 msgstr "" | |
5584 "パッチの順次取り込み\n" | |
5585 "\n" | |
5586 " 列挙されたパッチの取り込みおよびコミットを個別に行います。\n" | |
5587 "\n" | |
5588 " 作業領域に未コミットの変更がある場合、-f フラグが指定されない限り\n" | |
5589 " 取り込みは中断されます。\n" | |
5590 "\n" | |
5591 " 電子メールから直接パッチを取り込むことも可能です。添付ファイル形式の\n" | |
5592 " パッチであっても取り込み可能です(text/plain ないし text/x-patch 型\n" | |
5593 " でなければなりません)。電子メールの From および Subject ヘッダは\n" | |
5594 " 無指定時の作成者およびコミットログとして使用されます。\n" | |
5595 " 最初のパッチデータよりも前の text/plain 型ボディの内容は、\n" | |
5596 " コミットログに対して追加されます。\n" | |
5597 "\n" | |
5598 " hg export により生成されたパッチを取り込む場合、電子メールのヘッダや\n" | |
5599 " ボディ部分の情報よりも、パッチに含まれる情報の方が優先します。\n" | |
5600 " コマンドラインでの -m ないし -u 指定は、これらよりも優先します。\n" | |
5601 "\n" | |
5602 " --exact が指定された際には、作業領域をそれぞれのパッチの親リビジョンで\n" | |
5603 " 更新してからパッチの適用を実施しますが、作成されたチェンジセットのIDが\n" | |
5604 " パッチに記録された ID と異なる場合、パッチの適用を中断します。\n" | |
5605 " この中断は、利用する文字符号化の問題や、パッチのテキスト部分の不足\n" | |
5606 " といったことが原因で発生する可能性もあります。\n" | |
5607 "\n" | |
5608 " --similarity が指定された際には、パッチによる変更における改名や複製を\n" | |
5609 " hg addremove と同様な方針で特定します。\n" | |
5610 "\n" | |
5611 " 標準入力からパッチを取り込むには、パッチ名に \"-\" を指定してください。\n" | |
5612 " -d/--date への指定に関しては、'hg help dates' を参照してください。\n" | |
5613 " " | |
5614 | |
5615 msgid "applying patch from stdin\n" | |
5616 msgstr "" | |
5617 | |
5618 msgid "no diffs found" | |
5619 msgstr "" | |
5620 | |
5621 msgid "" | |
5622 "message:\n" | |
5623 "%s\n" | |
5624 msgstr "" | |
5625 | |
5626 msgid "not a mercurial patch" | |
5627 msgstr "" | |
5628 | |
5629 msgid "patch is damaged or loses information" | |
5630 msgstr "" | |
5631 | |
5632 msgid "" | |
5633 "show new changesets found in source\n" | |
5634 "\n" | |
5635 " Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n" | |
5636 " pull location. These are the changesets that would be pulled if a pull\n" | |
5637 " was requested.\n" | |
5638 "\n" | |
5639 " For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the changesets\n" | |
5640 " twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.\n" | |
5641 "\n" | |
5642 " See pull for valid source format details.\n" | |
5643 " " | |
5644 msgstr "" | |
5645 "指定リポジトリ中の未取り込みチェンジセットの検索\n" | |
5646 "\n" | |
5647 " ファイルパスや URL、hg pull の default 取り込み対象により指定される\n" | |
5648 " リポジトリ中の、未取り込みチェンジセットを検索します。\n" | |
5649 " これらは、hg pull を実行した際に取り込まれる予定のチェンジセットです。\n" | |
5650 "\n" | |
5651 " 遠隔ホストのリポジトリの場合、--bundle を使用することで、本コマンド\n" | |
5652 " 実行後の hg pull 実施の際に、再度のチェンジセット検索を抑止できます。\n" | |
5653 "\n" | |
5654 " 対象リポジトリの指定形式の詳細は hg pull のヘルプを参照してください。\n" | |
5655 " " | |
5656 | |
5657 msgid "" | |
5658 "create a new repository in the given directory\n" | |
5659 "\n" | |
5660 " Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n" | |
5661 " directory does not exist, it is created.\n" | |
5662 "\n" | |
5663 " If no directory is given, the current directory is used.\n" | |
5664 "\n" | |
5665 " It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n" | |
5666 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
5667 " " | |
5668 msgstr "" | |
5669 "指定されたディレクトリでの新規リポジトリの作成\n" | |
5670 "\n" | |
5671 " 指定されたリポジトリを新規リポジトリとして初期化します。指定された\n" | |
5672 " ディレクトリが存在しない場合には、ディレクトリを作成します。\n" | |
5673 "\n" | |
5674 " ディレクトリが指定されない場合、現ディレクトリが初期化されます。\n" | |
5675 "\n" | |
5676 " 複製先として ssh:// URL 形式を指定することも可能です。\n" | |
5677 " 詳細に関しては、'hg help urls' を参照してください。\n" | |
5678 " " | |
5679 | |
5680 msgid "" | |
5681 "locate files matching specific patterns\n" | |
5682 "\n" | |
5683 " Print all files under Mercurial control whose names match the\n" | |
5684 " given patterns.\n" | |
5685 "\n" | |
5686 " This command searches the entire repository by default. To search\n" | |
5687 " just the current directory and its subdirectories, use\n" | |
5688 " \"--include .\".\n" | |
5689 "\n" | |
5690 " If no patterns are given to match, this command prints all file\n" | |
5691 " names.\n" | |
5692 "\n" | |
5693 " If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n" | |
5694 " command, use the \"-0\" option to both this command and \"xargs\".\n" | |
5695 " This will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames\n" | |
5696 " that contain white space as multiple filenames.\n" | |
5697 " " | |
5698 msgstr "" | |
5699 "指定されたパターンに合致する名前を持つファイルの特定\n" | |
5700 "\n" | |
5701 " 構成管理対象となるファイルの中から、指定されたパターンに合致する名前を\n" | |
5702 " 持つファイルを特定します。\n" | |
5703 "\n" | |
5704 " 特に指定が無い場合、本コマンドは構成管理対象となる作業領域中の\n" | |
5705 " 全ファイルを検索対象とします。現ディレクトリとそのサブディレクトリのみ" | |
5706 "を\n" | |
5707 " 検索対象とするには、\"--include .\" を使用してください。\n" | |
5708 "\n" | |
5709 " パターン指定が無い場合、本コマンドは全ファイルのファイル名を表示しま" | |
5710 "す。\n" | |
5711 "\n" | |
5712 " 本コマンドの出力を \"xargs\" コマンドへと渡す場合、本コマンドと\n" | |
5713 " \"xargs\" コマンドの両方への \"-0\" オプション指定をお勧めします。\n" | |
5714 " 空白文字を含む単一のファイル名が、複数のファイル名に解釈されてしまう\n" | |
5715 " \"xargs\" の問題は、このオプションにより解決することができます。\n" | |
5716 " " | |
5717 | |
5718 msgid "" | |
5719 "show revision history of entire repository or files\n" | |
5720 "\n" | |
5721 " Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n" | |
5722 " project.\n" | |
5723 "\n" | |
5724 " File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n" | |
5725 " files. Use -f/--follow with a file name to follow history across\n" | |
5726 " renames and copies. --follow without a file name will only show\n" | |
5727 " ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n" | |
5728 " only follows the first parent of merge revisions.\n" | |
5729 "\n" | |
5730 " If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n" | |
5731 " --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n" | |
5732 " used as the starting revision.\n" | |
5733 "\n" | |
5734 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
5735 "\n" | |
5736 " By default this command outputs: changeset id and hash, tags,\n" | |
5737 " non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for each\n" | |
5738 " commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of changed\n" | |
5739 " files and full commit message is shown.\n" | |
5740 "\n" | |
5741 " NOTE: log -p may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n" | |
5742 " changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n" | |
5743 " first parent only. Also, the files: list will only reflect files\n" | |
5744 " that are different from BOTH parents.\n" | |
5745 "\n" | |
5746 " " | |
5747 msgstr "" | |
5748 "リポジトリ全体ないしファイルの変更履歴の表示\n" | |
5749 "\n" | |
5750 " 特定のファイルないしリポジトリ全体の変更履歴を表示します。\n" | |
5751 "\n" | |
5752 " ファイルの履歴表示では、改名や複製における元ファイルにまでさかのぼった\n" | |
5753 " 履歴は表示しません。元ファイルの履歴までさかのぼる場合には、ファイル名" | |
5754 "と\n" | |
5755 " 一緒に -f/--follow オプションを指定してください。--follow 指定の際に\n" | |
5756 " ファイル名を指定しない場合は、開始リビジョンの先祖ないし子孫のリビジョ" | |
5757 "ン\n" | |
5758 " のみを表示します。--follow-first 指定は、マージリビジョンにおいて\n" | |
5759 " 第1親の履歴のみをさかのぼります。\n" | |
5760 "\n" | |
5761 " 対象リビジョンの範囲が指定されない場合、対象となるリビジョンの範囲は\n" | |
5762 " tip:0 とみなされますが、--follow が指定された場合は、作業領域の\n" | |
5763 " 親リビジョンが開始リビジョンとみなされます。\n" | |
5764 "\n" | |
5765 " -d/--date への指定に関しては、'hg help dates' を参照してください。\n" | |
5766 "\n" | |
5767 " 特に指定が無い場合、本コマンドは以下の情報を出力します:\n" | |
5768 " リビジョン番号、ハッシュID、タグ、(リビジョン番号の離れた)親リビジョ" | |
5769 "ン、\n" | |
5770 " 作成者、作成日時およびコミットログの1行目。\n" | |
5771 " -v/--verbose が指定された場合、変更対象ファイル一覧と、コミットログの\n" | |
5772 " 全文が表示されます。\n" | |
5773 "\n" | |
5774 " 備考: -p オプションがマージチェンジセットに対して予期せぬ差分を出力\n" | |
5775 " するのは、常に第1親との差分を表示するためです。ファイル一覧が予期せぬ\n" | |
5776 " 内容となるのは、両方の親と異なるファイルのみが列挙されるためです。\n" | |
5777 "\n" | |
5778 " " | |
5779 | |
5780 msgid "" | |
5781 "looks up all renames for a file (up to endrev) the first\n" | |
5782 " time the file is given. It indexes on the changerev and only\n" | |
5783 " parses the manifest if linkrev != changerev.\n" | |
5784 " Returns rename info for fn at changerev rev." | |
5785 msgstr "" | |
5786 | |
5787 msgid "" | |
5788 "output the current or given revision of the project manifest\n" | |
5789 "\n" | |
5790 " Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n" | |
5791 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" | |
5792 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n" | |
5793 "\n" | |
5794 " The manifest is the list of files being version controlled. If no " | |
5795 "revision\n" | |
5796 " is given then the first parent of the working directory is used.\n" | |
5797 "\n" | |
5798 " With -v flag, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits. With\n" | |
5799 " --debug flag, print file revision hashes.\n" | |
5800 " " | |
5801 msgstr "" | |
5802 | |
5803 msgid "" | |
5804 "merge working directory with another revision\n" | |
5805 "\n" | |
5806 " Merge the contents of the current working directory and the\n" | |
5807 " requested revision. Files that changed between either parent are\n" | |
5808 " marked as changed for the next commit and a commit must be\n" | |
5809 " performed before any further updates are allowed.\n" | |
5810 "\n" | |
5811 " If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n" | |
5812 " head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other head,\n" | |
5813 " the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an explicit\n" | |
5814 " revision to merge with must be provided.\n" | |
5815 " " | |
5816 msgstr "" | |
5817 | |
5818 msgid "branch '%s' has %d heads - please merge with an explicit rev" | |
5819 msgstr "" | |
5820 | |
5821 msgid "branch '%s' has one head - please merge with an explicit rev" | |
5822 msgstr "" | |
5823 | |
5824 msgid "there is nothing to merge" | |
5825 msgstr "" | |
5826 | |
5827 msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead" | |
5828 msgstr "" | |
5829 | |
5830 msgid "" | |
5831 "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit " | |
5832 "rev" | |
5833 msgstr "" | |
5834 | |
5835 msgid "" | |
5836 "show changesets not found in destination\n" | |
5837 "\n" | |
5838 " Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository or\n" | |
5839 " the default push location. These are the changesets that would be " | |
5840 "pushed\n" | |
5841 " if a push was requested.\n" | |
5842 "\n" | |
5843 " See pull for valid destination format details.\n" | |
5844 " " | |
5845 msgstr "" | |
5846 | |
5847 msgid "" | |
5848 "show the parents of the working dir or revision\n" | |
5849 "\n" | |
5850 " Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a\n" | |
5851 " revision is given via --rev, the parent of that revision\n" | |
5852 " will be printed. If a file argument is given, revision in\n" | |
5853 " which the file was last changed (before the working directory\n" | |
5854 " revision or the argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n" | |
5855 " " | |
5856 msgstr "" | |
5857 | |
5858 msgid "can only specify an explicit file name" | |
5859 msgstr "" | |
5860 | |
5861 msgid "'%s' not found in manifest!" | |
5862 msgstr "" | |
5863 | |
5864 msgid "" | |
5865 "show aliases for remote repositories\n" | |
5866 "\n" | |
5867 " Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given, show\n" | |
5868 " definition of available names.\n" | |
5869 " Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n" | |
5870 " and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too.\n" | |
5871 "\n" | |
5872 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
5873 " " | |
5874 msgstr "" | |
5875 | |
5876 msgid "not found!\n" | |
5877 msgstr "" | |
5878 | |
5879 msgid "not updating, since new heads added\n" | |
5880 msgstr "" | |
5881 | |
5882 msgid "(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n" | |
5883 msgstr "" | |
5884 | |
5885 msgid "(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n" | |
5886 msgstr "" | |
5887 | |
5888 msgid "" | |
5889 "pull changes from the specified source\n" | |
5890 "\n" | |
5891 " Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.\n" | |
5892 "\n" | |
5893 " This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n" | |
5894 " or URL and adds them to the local repository. By default, this\n" | |
5895 " does not update the copy of the project in the working directory.\n" | |
5896 "\n" | |
5897 " If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n" | |
5898 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
5899 " " | |
5900 msgstr "" | |
5901 | |
5902 msgid "" | |
5903 "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be " | |
5904 "specified." | |
5905 msgstr "" | |
5906 | |
5907 msgid "" | |
5908 "push changes to the specified destination\n" | |
5909 "\n" | |
5910 " Push changes from the local repository to the given destination.\n" | |
5911 "\n" | |
5912 " This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It helps to move\n" | |
5913 " changes from the current repository to a different one. If the\n" | |
5914 " destination is local this is identical to a pull in that directory\n" | |
5915 " from the current one.\n" | |
5916 "\n" | |
5917 " By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n" | |
5918 " increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n" | |
5919 " the client has forgotten to pull and merge before pushing.\n" | |
5920 "\n" | |
5921 " If -r is used, the named changeset and all its ancestors will be pushed\n" | |
5922 " to the remote repository.\n" | |
5923 "\n" | |
5924 " Look at the help text for urls for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n" | |
5925 " If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n" | |
5926 " See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n" | |
5927 " " | |
5928 msgstr "" | |
5929 | |
5930 msgid "pushing to %s\n" | |
5931 msgstr "" | |
5932 | |
5933 msgid "" | |
5934 "raw commit interface (DEPRECATED)\n" | |
5935 "\n" | |
5936 " (DEPRECATED)\n" | |
5937 " Lowlevel commit, for use in helper scripts.\n" | |
5938 "\n" | |
5939 " This command is not intended to be used by normal users, as it is\n" | |
5940 " primarily useful for importing from other SCMs.\n" | |
5941 "\n" | |
5942 " This command is now deprecated and will be removed in a future\n" | |
5943 " release, please use debugsetparents and commit instead.\n" | |
5944 " " | |
5945 msgstr "" | |
5946 | |
5947 msgid "(the rawcommit command is deprecated)\n" | |
5948 msgstr "" | |
5949 | |
5950 msgid "" | |
5951 "roll back an interrupted transaction\n" | |
5952 "\n" | |
5953 " Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.\n" | |
5954 "\n" | |
5955 " This command tries to fix the repository status after an interrupted\n" | |
5956 " operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial suggests it.\n" | |
5957 " " | |
5958 msgstr "" | |
5959 | |
5960 msgid "" | |
5961 "remove the specified files on the next commit\n" | |
5962 "\n" | |
5963 " Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository.\n" | |
5964 "\n" | |
5965 " This only removes files from the current branch, not from the entire\n" | |
5966 " project history. -A can be used to remove only files that have already\n" | |
5967 " been deleted, -f can be used to force deletion, and -Af can be used\n" | |
5968 " to remove files from the next revision without deleting them.\n" | |
5969 "\n" | |
5970 " The following table details the behavior of remove for different file\n" | |
5971 " states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file states are\n" | |
5972 " Added, Clean, Modified and Missing (as reported by hg status). The\n" | |
5973 " actions are Warn, Remove (from branch) and Delete (from disk).\n" | |
5974 "\n" | |
5975 " A C M !\n" | |
5976 " none W RD W R\n" | |
5977 " -f R RD RD R\n" | |
5978 " -A W W W R\n" | |
5979 " -Af R R R R\n" | |
5980 "\n" | |
5981 " This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n" | |
5982 " To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n" | |
5983 " " | |
5984 msgstr "" | |
5985 | |
5986 msgid "no files specified" | |
5987 msgstr "" | |
5988 | |
5989 msgid "not removing %s: file %s (use -f to force removal)\n" | |
5990 msgstr "" | |
5991 | |
5992 msgid "still exists" | |
5993 msgstr "" | |
5994 | |
5995 msgid "is modified" | |
5996 msgstr "" | |
5997 | |
5998 msgid "has been marked for add" | |
5999 msgstr "" | |
6000 | |
6001 msgid "" | |
6002 "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove\n" | |
6003 "\n" | |
6004 " Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If\n" | |
6005 " dest is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is\n" | |
6006 " a file, there can only be one source.\n" | |
6007 "\n" | |
6008 " By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n" | |
6009 " stand in the working directory. If invoked with --after, the\n" | |
6010 " operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.\n" | |
6011 "\n" | |
6012 " This command takes effect in the next commit. To undo a rename\n" | |
6013 " before that, see hg revert.\n" | |
6014 " " | |
6015 msgstr "" | |
6016 | |
6017 msgid "" | |
6018 "retry file merges from a merge or update\n" | |
6019 "\n" | |
6020 " This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n" | |
6021 " revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n" | |
6022 " resolve all unresolved files, use the -a switch.\n" | |
6023 "\n" | |
6024 " This command will also allow listing resolved files and manually\n" | |
6025 " marking and unmarking files as resolved.\n" | |
6026 "\n" | |
6027 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |
6028 " U = unresolved\n" | |
6029 " R = resolved\n" | |
6030 " " | |
6031 msgstr "" | |
6032 | |
6033 msgid "too many options specified" | |
6034 msgstr "" | |
6035 | |
6036 msgid "can't specify --all and patterns" | |
6037 msgstr "" | |
6038 | |
6039 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to remerge all files" | |
6040 msgstr "" | |
6041 | |
6042 msgid "" | |
6043 "restore individual files or dirs to an earlier state\n" | |
6044 "\n" | |
6045 " (use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n" | |
6046 " change the working dir parents)\n" | |
6047 "\n" | |
6048 " With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n" | |
6049 " to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n" | |
6050 " This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n" | |
6051 " state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n" | |
6052 " working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n" | |
6053 " revision to revert to.\n" | |
6054 "\n" | |
6055 " Using the -r option, revert the given files or directories to their\n" | |
6056 " contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful to \"roll\n" | |
6057 " back\" some or all of an earlier change.\n" | |
6058 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
6059 "\n" | |
6060 " Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n" | |
6061 " changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n" | |
6062 " revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n" | |
6063 " directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n" | |
6064 " afterwards.\n" | |
6065 "\n" | |
6066 " If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable\n" | |
6067 " mode of a file was changed, it is reset.\n" | |
6068 "\n" | |
6069 " If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n" | |
6070 " If no arguments are given, no files are reverted.\n" | |
6071 "\n" | |
6072 " Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n" | |
6073 " To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n" | |
6074 " " | |
6075 msgstr "" | |
6076 | |
6077 msgid "you can't specify a revision and a date" | |
6078 msgstr "" | |
6079 | |
6080 msgid "no files or directories specified; use --all to revert the whole repo" | |
6081 msgstr "" | |
6082 | |
6083 msgid "forgetting %s\n" | |
6084 msgstr "" | |
6085 | |
6086 msgid "reverting %s\n" | |
6087 msgstr "" | |
6088 | |
6089 msgid "undeleting %s\n" | |
6090 msgstr "" | |
6091 | |
6092 msgid "saving current version of %s as %s\n" | |
6093 msgstr "" | |
6094 | |
6095 msgid "file not managed: %s\n" | |
6096 msgstr "" | |
6097 | |
6098 msgid "no changes needed to %s\n" | |
6099 msgstr "" | |
6100 | |
6101 msgid "" | |
6102 "roll back the last transaction\n" | |
6103 "\n" | |
6104 " This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n" | |
6105 " rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n" | |
6106 " restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n" | |
6107 " any dirstate changes since that time.\n" | |
6108 "\n" | |
6109 " Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n" | |
6110 " that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n" | |
6111 " repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n" | |
6112 " and their effects can be rolled back:\n" | |
6113 "\n" | |
6114 " commit\n" | |
6115 " import\n" | |
6116 " pull\n" | |
6117 " push (with this repository as destination)\n" | |
6118 " unbundle\n" | |
6119 "\n" | |
6120 " This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n" | |
6121 " changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n" | |
6122 " back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n" | |
6123 " the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the\n" | |
6124 " repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository\n" | |
6125 " may fail if a rollback is performed.\n" | |
6126 " " | |
6127 msgstr "" | |
6128 | |
6129 msgid "" | |
6130 "print the root (top) of the current working dir\n" | |
6131 "\n" | |
6132 " Print the root directory of the current repository.\n" | |
6133 " " | |
6134 msgstr "" | |
6135 | |
6136 msgid "" | |
6137 "export the repository via HTTP\n" | |
6138 "\n" | |
6139 " Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server.\n" | |
6140 "\n" | |
6141 " By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n" | |
6142 " stderr. Use the \"-A\" and \"-E\" options to log to files.\n" | |
6143 " " | |
6144 msgstr "" | |
6145 | |
6146 msgid "listening at http://%s%s/%s (bound to %s:%d)\n" | |
6147 msgstr "" | |
6148 | |
6149 msgid "" | |
6150 "show changed files in the working directory\n" | |
6151 "\n" | |
6152 " Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n" | |
6153 " files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n" | |
6154 " source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c (clean),\n" | |
6155 " -i (ignored), -C (copies) or -A is given. Unless options described\n" | |
6156 " with \"show only ...\" are given, the options -mardu are used.\n" | |
6157 "\n" | |
6158 " Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n" | |
6159 " unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/-ignored.\n" | |
6160 "\n" | |
6161 " NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n" | |
6162 " changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n" | |
6163 " report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n" | |
6164 " to one merge parent.\n" | |
6165 "\n" | |
6166 " If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n" | |
6167 " If two revisions are given, the difference between them is shown.\n" | |
6168 "\n" | |
6169 " The codes used to show the status of files are:\n" | |
6170 " M = modified\n" | |
6171 " A = added\n" | |
6172 " R = removed\n" | |
6173 " C = clean\n" | |
6174 " ! = deleted, but still tracked\n" | |
6175 " ? = not tracked\n" | |
6176 " I = ignored\n" | |
6177 " = the previous added file was copied from here\n" | |
6178 " " | |
6179 msgstr "" | |
6180 | |
6181 msgid "" | |
6182 "add one or more tags for the current or given revision\n" | |
6183 "\n" | |
6184 " Name a particular revision using <name>.\n" | |
6185 "\n" | |
6186 " Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n" | |
6187 " very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n" | |
6188 " earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc.\n" | |
6189 "\n" | |
6190 " If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n" | |
6191 " or tip if no revision is checked out.\n" | |
6192 "\n" | |
6193 " To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n" | |
6194 " they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n" | |
6195 " similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n" | |
6196 " necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n" | |
6197 " shared among repositories).\n" | |
6198 "\n" | |
6199 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n" | |
6200 " " | |
6201 msgstr "" | |
6202 | |
6203 msgid "tag names must be unique" | |
6204 msgstr "" | |
6205 | |
6206 msgid "the name '%s' is reserved" | |
6207 msgstr "" | |
6208 | |
6209 msgid "--rev and --remove are incompatible" | |
6210 msgstr "" | |
6211 | |
6212 msgid "tag '%s' does not exist" | |
6213 msgstr "" | |
6214 | |
6215 msgid "tag '%s' is not a %s tag" | |
6216 msgstr "" | |
6217 | |
6218 msgid "Removed tag %s" | |
6219 msgstr "" | |
6220 | |
6221 msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)" | |
6222 msgstr "" | |
6223 | |
6224 msgid "Added tag %s for changeset %s" | |
6225 msgstr "" | |
6226 | |
6227 msgid "" | |
6228 "list repository tags\n" | |
6229 "\n" | |
6230 " This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose switch\n" | |
6231 " is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n" | |
6232 " " | |
6233 msgstr "" | |
6234 | |
6235 msgid "" | |
6236 "show the tip revision\n" | |
6237 "\n" | |
6238 " The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the most\n" | |
6239 " recently added changeset in the repository, the most recently\n" | |
6240 " changed head.\n" | |
6241 "\n" | |
6242 " If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n" | |
6243 " you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n" | |
6244 " that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n" | |
6245 " and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n" | |
6246 " " | |
6247 msgstr "" | |
6248 | |
6249 msgid "" | |
6250 "apply one or more changegroup files\n" | |
6251 "\n" | |
6252 " Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n" | |
6253 " bundle command.\n" | |
6254 " " | |
6255 msgstr "" | |
6256 | |
6257 msgid "" | |
6258 "update working directory\n" | |
6259 "\n" | |
6260 " Update the repository's working directory to the specified revision,\n" | |
6261 " or the tip of the current branch if none is specified. Use null as\n" | |
6262 " the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg clone -U').\n" | |
6263 "\n" | |
6264 " When the working dir contains no uncommitted changes, it will be\n" | |
6265 " replaced by the state of the requested revision from the repo. When\n" | |
6266 " the requested revision is on a different branch, the working dir\n" | |
6267 " will additionally be switched to that branch.\n" | |
6268 "\n" | |
6269 " When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C to discard them,\n" | |
6270 " forcibly replacing the state of the working dir with the requested\n" | |
6271 " revision.\n" | |
6272 "\n" | |
6273 " When there are uncommitted changes and option -C is not used, and\n" | |
6274 " the parent revision and requested revision are on the same branch,\n" | |
6275 " and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the new working\n" | |
6276 " directory will contain the requested revision merged with the\n" | |
6277 " uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with a\n" | |
6278 " suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead.\n" | |
6279 "\n" | |
6280 " If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use revert.\n" | |
6281 "\n" | |
6282 " See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for --date.\n" | |
6283 " " | |
6284 msgstr "" | |
6285 | |
6286 msgid "" | |
6287 "verify the integrity of the repository\n" | |
6288 "\n" | |
6289 " Verify the integrity of the current repository.\n" | |
6290 "\n" | |
6291 " This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n" | |
6292 " integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n" | |
6293 " the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n" | |
6294 " integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n" | |
6295 " " | |
6296 msgstr "" | |
6297 | |
6298 msgid "output version and copyright information" | |
6299 msgstr "" | |
6300 | |
6301 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n" | |
6302 msgstr "Mercurial - 分散構成管理ツール(バージョン %s)\n" | |
6303 | |
6304 msgid "" | |
6305 "\n" | |
6306 "Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> and others\n" | |
6307 "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n" | |
6308 "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" | |
6309 msgstr "" | |
6310 | |
6311 msgid "repository root directory or symbolic path name" | |
6312 msgstr "" | |
6313 | |
6314 msgid "change working directory" | |
6315 msgstr "" | |
6316 | |
6317 msgid "do not prompt, assume 'yes' for any required answers" | |
6318 msgstr "" | |
6319 | |
6320 msgid "suppress output" | |
6321 msgstr "" | |
6322 | |
6323 msgid "enable additional output" | |
6324 msgstr "" | |
6325 | |
6326 msgid "set/override config option" | |
6327 msgstr "" | |
6328 | |
6329 msgid "enable debugging output" | |
6330 msgstr "" | |
6331 | |
6332 msgid "start debugger" | |
6333 msgstr "" | |
6334 | |
6335 msgid "set the charset encoding" | |
6336 msgstr "" | |
6337 | |
6338 msgid "set the charset encoding mode" | |
6339 msgstr "" | |
6340 | |
6341 msgid "print improved command execution profile" | |
6342 msgstr "" | |
6343 | |
6344 msgid "print traceback on exception" | |
6345 msgstr "" | |
6346 | |
6347 msgid "time how long the command takes" | |
6348 msgstr "" | |
6349 | |
6350 msgid "print command execution profile" | |
6351 msgstr "" | |
6352 | |
6353 msgid "output version information and exit" | |
6354 msgstr "" | |
6355 | |
6356 msgid "display help and exit" | |
6357 msgstr "" | |
6358 | |
6359 msgid "do not perform actions, just print output" | |
6360 msgstr "" | |
6361 | |
6362 msgid "specify ssh command to use" | |
6363 msgstr "" | |
6364 | |
6365 msgid "specify hg command to run on the remote side" | |
6366 msgstr "" | |
6367 | |
6368 msgid "include names matching the given patterns" | |
6369 msgstr "" | |
6370 | |
6371 msgid "exclude names matching the given patterns" | |
6372 msgstr "" | |
6373 | |
6374 msgid "use <text> as commit message" | |
6375 msgstr "" | |
6376 | |
6377 msgid "read commit message from <file>" | |
6378 msgstr "" | |
6379 | |
6380 msgid "record datecode as commit date" | |
6381 msgstr "" | |
6382 | |
6383 msgid "record user as committer" | |
6384 msgstr "" | |
6385 | |
6386 msgid "display using template map file" | |
6387 msgstr "" | |
6388 | |
6389 msgid "display with template" | |
6390 msgstr "" | |
6391 | |
6392 msgid "do not show merges" | |
6393 msgstr "" | |
6394 | |
6395 msgid "treat all files as text" | |
6396 msgstr "" | |
6397 | |
6398 msgid "don't include dates in diff headers" | |
6399 msgstr "" | |
6400 | |
6401 msgid "show which function each change is in" | |
6402 msgstr "" | |
6403 | |
6404 msgid "ignore white space when comparing lines" | |
6405 msgstr "" | |
6406 | |
6407 msgid "ignore changes in the amount of white space" | |
6408 msgstr "" | |
6409 | |
6410 msgid "ignore changes whose lines are all blank" | |
6411 msgstr "" | |
6412 | |
6413 msgid "number of lines of context to show" | |
6414 msgstr "" | |
6415 | |
6416 msgid "guess renamed files by similarity (0<=s<=100)" | |
6417 msgstr "" | |
6418 | |
6419 msgid "[OPTION]... [FILE]..." | |
6420 msgstr "" | |
6421 | |
6422 msgid "annotate the specified revision" | |
6423 msgstr "" | |
6424 | |
6425 msgid "follow file copies and renames" | |
6426 msgstr "" | |
6427 | |
6428 msgid "list the author (long with -v)" | |
6429 msgstr "" | |
6430 | |
6431 msgid "list the date (short with -q)" | |
6432 msgstr "" | |
6433 | |
6434 msgid "list the revision number (default)" | |
6435 msgstr "" | |
6436 | |
6437 msgid "list the changeset" | |
6438 msgstr "" | |
6439 | |
6440 msgid "show line number at the first appearance" | |
6441 msgstr "" | |
6442 | |
6443 msgid "[-r REV] [-f] [-a] [-u] [-d] [-n] [-c] [-l] FILE..." | |
6444 msgstr "" | |
6445 | |
6446 msgid "do not pass files through decoders" | |
6447 msgstr "" | |
6448 | |
6449 msgid "directory prefix for files in archive" | |
6450 msgstr "" | |
6451 | |
6452 msgid "revision to distribute" | |
6453 msgstr "" | |
6454 | |
6455 msgid "type of distribution to create" | |
6456 msgstr "" | |
6457 | |
6458 msgid "[OPTION]... DEST" | |
6459 msgstr "" | |
6460 | |
6461 msgid "merge with old dirstate parent after backout" | |
6462 msgstr "" | |
6463 | |
6464 msgid "parent to choose when backing out merge" | |
6465 msgstr "" | |
6466 | |
6467 msgid "revision to backout" | |
6468 msgstr "" | |
6469 | |
6470 msgid "[OPTION]... [-r] REV" | |
6471 msgstr "" | |
6472 | |
6473 msgid "reset bisect state" | |
6474 msgstr "" | |
6475 | |
6476 msgid "mark changeset good" | |
6477 msgstr "" | |
6478 | |
6479 msgid "mark changeset bad" | |
6480 msgstr "" | |
6481 | |
6482 msgid "skip testing changeset" | |
6483 msgstr "" | |
6484 | |
6485 msgid "use command to check changeset state" | |
6486 msgstr "" | |
6487 | |
6488 msgid "do not update to target" | |
6489 msgstr "" | |
6490 | |
6491 msgid "[-gbsr] [-c CMD] [REV]" | |
6492 msgstr "" | |
6493 | |
6494 msgid "set branch name even if it shadows an existing branch" | |
6495 msgstr "" | |
6496 | |
6497 msgid "reset branch name to parent branch name" | |
6498 msgstr "" | |
6499 | |
6500 msgid "[-fC] [NAME]" | |
6501 msgstr "" | |
6502 | |
6503 msgid "show only branches that have unmerged heads" | |
6504 msgstr "" | |
6505 | |
6506 msgid "[-a]" | |
6507 msgstr "" | |
6508 | |
6509 msgid "run even when remote repository is unrelated" | |
6510 msgstr "" | |
6511 | |
6512 msgid "a changeset up to which you would like to bundle" | |
6513 msgstr "" | |
6514 | |
6515 msgid "a base changeset to specify instead of a destination" | |
6516 msgstr "" | |
6517 | |
6518 msgid "bundle all changesets in the repository" | |
6519 msgstr "" | |
6520 | |
6521 msgid "bundle compression type to use" | |
6522 msgstr "" | |
6523 | |
6524 msgid "[-f] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]" | |
6525 msgstr "" | |
6526 | |
6527 msgid "print output to file with formatted name" | |
6528 msgstr "" | |
6529 | |
6530 msgid "print the given revision" | |
6531 msgstr "" | |
6532 | |
6533 msgid "apply any matching decode filter" | |
6534 msgstr "" | |
6535 | |
6536 msgid "[OPTION]... FILE..." | |
6537 msgstr "" | |
6538 | |
6539 msgid "the clone will only contain a repository (no working copy)" | |
6540 msgstr "" | |
6541 | |
6542 msgid "a changeset you would like to have after cloning" | |
6543 msgstr "" | |
6544 | |
6545 msgid "[OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]" | |
6546 msgstr "" | |
6547 | |
6548 msgid "mark new/missing files as added/removed before committing" | |
6549 msgstr "" | |
6550 | |
6551 msgid "mark a branch as closed, hiding it from the branch list" | |
6552 msgstr "" | |
6553 | |
6554 msgid "record a copy that has already occurred" | |
6555 msgstr "" | |
6556 | |
6557 msgid "forcibly copy over an existing managed file" | |
6558 msgstr "" | |
6559 | |
6560 msgid "[OPTION]... [SOURCE]... DEST" | |
6561 msgstr "" | |
6562 | |
6563 msgid "[INDEX] REV1 REV2" | |
6564 msgstr "" | |
6565 | |
6566 msgid "show the command options" | |
6567 msgstr "" | |
6568 | |
6569 msgid "[-o] CMD" | |
6570 msgstr "" | |
6571 | |
6572 msgid "try extended date formats" | |
6573 msgstr "" | |
6574 | |
6575 msgid "[-e] DATE [RANGE]" | |
6576 msgstr "" | |
6577 | |
6578 msgid "FILE REV" | |
6579 msgstr "" | |
6580 | |
6581 msgid "[PATH]" | |
6582 msgstr "" | |
6583 | |
6584 msgid "FILE" | |
6585 msgstr "" | |
6586 | |
6587 msgid "parent" | |
6588 msgstr "" | |
6589 | |
6590 msgid "file list" | |
6591 msgstr "" | |
6592 | |
6593 msgid "revision to rebuild to" | |
6594 msgstr "" | |
6595 | |
6596 msgid "[-r REV] [REV]" | |
6597 msgstr "" | |
6598 | |
6599 msgid "revision to debug" | |
6600 msgstr "" | |
6601 | |
6602 msgid "[-r REV] FILE" | |
6603 msgstr "" | |
6604 | |
6605 msgid "REV1 [REV2]" | |
6606 msgstr "" | |
6607 | |
6608 msgid "do not display the saved mtime" | |
6609 msgstr "" | |
6610 | |
6611 msgid "[OPTION]..." | |
6612 msgstr "" | |
6613 | |
6614 msgid "change made by revision" | |
6615 msgstr "" | |
6616 | |
6617 msgid "[OPTION]... [-r REV1 [-r REV2]] [FILE]..." | |
6618 msgstr "" | |
6619 | |
6620 msgid "diff against the second parent" | |
6621 msgstr "" | |
6622 | |
6623 msgid "[OPTION]... [-o OUTFILESPEC] REV..." | |
6624 msgstr "" | |
6625 | |
6626 msgid "end fields with NUL" | |
6627 msgstr "" | |
6628 | |
6629 msgid "print all revisions that match" | |
6630 msgstr "" | |
6631 | |
6632 msgid "follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames" | |
6633 msgstr "" | |
6634 | |
6635 msgid "ignore case when matching" | |
6636 msgstr "" | |
6637 | |
6638 msgid "print only filenames and revs that match" | |
6639 msgstr "" | |
6640 | |
6641 msgid "print matching line numbers" | |
6642 msgstr "" | |
6643 | |
6644 msgid "search in given revision range" | |
6645 msgstr "" | |
6646 | |
6647 msgid "[OPTION]... PATTERN [FILE]..." | |
6648 msgstr "" | |
6649 | |
6650 msgid "show only heads which are descendants of rev" | |
6651 msgstr "" | |
6652 | |
6653 msgid "show only the active heads from open branches" | |
6654 msgstr "" | |
6655 | |
6656 msgid "[-r REV] [REV]..." | |
6657 msgstr "" | |
6658 | |
6659 msgid "[TOPIC]" | |
6660 msgstr "" | |
6661 | |
6662 msgid "identify the specified rev" | |
6663 msgstr "" | |
6664 | |
6665 msgid "show local revision number" | |
6666 msgstr "" | |
6667 | |
6668 msgid "show global revision id" | |
6669 msgstr "" | |
6670 | |
6671 msgid "show branch" | |
6672 msgstr "" | |
6673 | |
6674 msgid "show tags" | |
6675 msgstr "" | |
6676 | |
6677 msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]" | |
6678 msgstr "" | |
6679 | |
6680 msgid "" | |
6681 "directory strip option for patch. This has the same\n" | |
6682 "meaning as the corresponding patch option" | |
6683 msgstr "" | |
6684 | |
6685 msgid "base path" | |
6686 msgstr "" | |
6687 | |
6688 msgid "skip check for outstanding uncommitted changes" | |
6689 msgstr "" | |
6690 | |
6691 msgid "don't commit, just update the working directory" | |
6692 msgstr "" | |
6693 | |
6694 msgid "apply patch to the nodes from which it was generated" | |
6695 msgstr "" | |
6696 | |
6697 msgid "Use any branch information in patch (implied by --exact)" | |
6698 msgstr "" | |
6699 | |
6700 msgid "[OPTION]... PATCH..." | |
6701 msgstr "" | |
6702 | |
6703 msgid "show newest record first" | |
6704 msgstr "" | |
6705 | |
6706 msgid "file to store the bundles into" | |
6707 msgstr "" | |
6708 | |
6709 msgid "a specific revision up to which you would like to pull" | |
6710 msgstr "" | |
6711 | |
6712 msgid "[-p] [-n] [-M] [-f] [-r REV]... [--bundle FILENAME] [SOURCE]" | |
6713 msgstr "" | |
6714 | |
6715 msgid "[-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]" | |
6716 msgstr "" | |
6717 | |
6718 msgid "search the repository as it stood at rev" | |
6719 msgstr "" | |
6720 | |
6721 msgid "end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs" | |
6722 msgstr "" | |
6723 | |
6724 msgid "print complete paths from the filesystem root" | |
6725 msgstr "" | |
6726 | |
6727 msgid "[OPTION]... [PATTERN]..." | |
6728 msgstr "" | |
6729 | |
6730 msgid "only follow the first parent of merge changesets" | |
6731 msgstr "" | |
6732 | |
6733 msgid "show revs matching date spec" | |
6734 msgstr "" | |
6735 | |
6736 msgid "show copied files" | |
6737 msgstr "" | |
6738 | |
6739 msgid "do case-insensitive search for a keyword" | |
6740 msgstr "" | |
6741 | |
6742 msgid "include revs where files were removed" | |
6743 msgstr "" | |
6744 | |
6745 msgid "show only merges" | |
6746 msgstr "" | |
6747 | |
6748 msgid "revs committed by user" | |
6749 msgstr "" | |
6750 | |
6751 msgid "show only changesets within the given named branch" | |
6752 msgstr "" | |
6753 | |
6754 msgid "do not display revision or any of its ancestors" | |
6755 msgstr "" | |
6756 | |
6757 msgid "[OPTION]... [FILE]" | |
6758 msgstr "" | |
6759 | |
6760 msgid "revision to display" | |
6761 msgstr "" | |
6762 | |
6763 msgid "[-r REV]" | |
6764 msgstr "" | |
6765 | |
6766 msgid "force a merge with outstanding changes" | |
6767 msgstr "" | |
6768 | |
6769 msgid "revision to merge" | |
6770 msgstr "" | |
6771 | |
6772 msgid "[-f] [[-r] REV]" | |
6773 msgstr "" | |
6774 | |
6775 msgid "a specific revision up to which you would like to push" | |
6776 msgstr "" | |
6777 | |
6778 msgid "[-M] [-p] [-n] [-f] [-r REV]... [DEST]" | |
6779 msgstr "" | |
6780 | |
6781 msgid "show parents from the specified rev" | |
6782 msgstr "" | |
6783 | |
6784 msgid "hg parents [-r REV] [FILE]" | |
6785 msgstr "" | |
6786 | |
6787 msgid "[NAME]" | |
6788 msgstr "" | |
6789 | |
6790 msgid "update to new tip if changesets were pulled" | |
6791 msgstr "" | |
6792 | |
6793 msgid "[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [SOURCE]" | |
6794 msgstr "" | |
6795 | |
6796 msgid "force push" | |
6797 msgstr "" | |
6798 | |
6799 msgid "[-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]" | |
6800 msgstr "" | |
6801 | |
6802 msgid "record delete for missing files" | |
6803 msgstr "" | |
6804 | |
6805 msgid "remove (and delete) file even if added or modified" | |
6806 msgstr "" | |
6807 | |
6808 msgid "record a rename that has already occurred" | |
6809 msgstr "" | |
6810 | |
6811 msgid "[OPTION]... SOURCE... DEST" | |
6812 msgstr "" | |
6813 | |
6814 msgid "remerge all unresolved files" | |
6815 msgstr "" | |
6816 | |
6817 msgid "list state of files needing merge" | |
6818 msgstr "" | |
6819 | |
6820 msgid "mark files as resolved" | |
6821 msgstr "" | |
6822 | |
6823 msgid "unmark files as resolved" | |
6824 msgstr "" | |
6825 | |
6826 msgid "revert all changes when no arguments given" | |
6827 msgstr "" | |
6828 | |
6829 msgid "tipmost revision matching date" | |
6830 msgstr "" | |
6831 | |
6832 msgid "revision to revert to" | |
6833 msgstr "" | |
6834 | |
6835 msgid "do not save backup copies of files" | |
6836 msgstr "" | |
6837 | |
6838 msgid "[OPTION]... [-r REV] [NAME]..." | |
6839 msgstr "" | |
6840 | |
6841 msgid "name of access log file to write to" | |
6842 msgstr "" | |
6843 | |
6844 msgid "name of error log file to write to" | |
6845 msgstr "" | |
6846 | |
6847 msgid "port to listen on (default: 8000)" | |
6848 msgstr "" | |
6849 | |
6850 msgid "address to listen on (default: all interfaces)" | |
6851 msgstr "" | |
6852 | |
6853 msgid "prefix path to serve from (default: server root)" | |
6854 msgstr "" | |
6855 | |
6856 msgid "name to show in web pages (default: working dir)" | |
6857 msgstr "" | |
6858 | |
6859 msgid "name of the webdir config file (serve more than one repo)" | |
6860 msgstr "" | |
6861 | |
6862 msgid "for remote clients" | |
6863 msgstr "" | |
6864 | |
6865 msgid "web templates to use" | |
6866 msgstr "" | |
6867 | |
6868 msgid "template style to use" | |
6869 msgstr "" | |
6870 | |
6871 msgid "use IPv6 in addition to IPv4" | |
6872 msgstr "" | |
6873 | |
6874 msgid "SSL certificate file" | |
6875 msgstr "" | |
6876 | |
6877 msgid "show untrusted configuration options" | |
6878 msgstr "" | |
6879 | |
6880 msgid "[-u] [NAME]..." | |
6881 msgstr "" | |
6882 | |
6883 msgid "show status of all files" | |
6884 msgstr "" | |
6885 | |
6886 msgid "show only modified files" | |
6887 msgstr "" | |
6888 | |
6889 msgid "show only added files" | |
6890 msgstr "" | |
6891 | |
6892 msgid "show only removed files" | |
6893 msgstr "" | |
6894 | |
6895 msgid "show only deleted (but tracked) files" | |
6896 msgstr "" | |
6897 | |
6898 msgid "show only files without changes" | |
6899 msgstr "" | |
6900 | |
6901 msgid "show only unknown (not tracked) files" | |
6902 msgstr "" | |
6903 | |
6904 msgid "show only ignored files" | |
6905 msgstr "" | |
6906 | |
6907 msgid "hide status prefix" | |
6908 msgstr "" | |
6909 | |
6910 msgid "show source of copied files" | |
6911 msgstr "" | |
6912 | |
6913 msgid "show difference from revision" | |
6914 msgstr "" | |
6915 | |
6916 msgid "replace existing tag" | |
6917 msgstr "" | |
6918 | |
6919 msgid "make the tag local" | |
6920 msgstr "" | |
6921 | |
6922 msgid "revision to tag" | |
6923 msgstr "" | |
6924 | |
6925 msgid "remove a tag" | |
6926 msgstr "" | |
6927 | |
6928 msgid "[-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME..." | |
6929 msgstr "" | |
6930 | |
6931 msgid "[-p]" | |
6932 msgstr "" | |
6933 | |
6934 msgid "update to new tip if changesets were unbundled" | |
6935 msgstr "" | |
6936 | |
6937 msgid "[-u] FILE..." | |
6938 msgstr "" | |
6939 | |
6940 msgid "overwrite locally modified files (no backup)" | |
6941 msgstr "" | |
6942 | |
6943 msgid "[-C] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]" | |
6944 msgstr "" | |
6945 | |
6946 msgid "not found in manifest" | |
6947 msgstr "" | |
6948 | |
6949 msgid "branch name not in UTF-8!" | |
6950 msgstr "" | |
6951 | |
6952 msgid " searching for copies back to rev %d\n" | |
6953 msgstr "" | |
6954 | |
6955 msgid "" | |
6956 " unmatched files in local:\n" | |
6957 " %s\n" | |
6958 msgstr "" | |
6959 | |
6960 msgid "" | |
6961 " unmatched files in other:\n" | |
6962 " %s\n" | |
6963 msgstr "" | |
6964 | |
6965 msgid " all copies found (* = to merge, ! = divergent):\n" | |
6966 msgstr "" | |
6967 | |
6968 msgid " %s -> %s %s\n" | |
6969 msgstr "" | |
6970 | |
6971 msgid " checking for directory renames\n" | |
6972 msgstr "" | |
6973 | |
6974 msgid " dir %s -> %s\n" | |
6975 msgstr "" | |
6976 | |
6977 msgid " file %s -> %s\n" | |
6978 msgstr "" | |
6979 | |
6980 msgid "'\\n' and '\\r' disallowed in filenames: %r" | |
6981 msgstr "" | |
6982 | |
6983 msgid "directory %r already in dirstate" | |
6984 msgstr "" | |
6985 | |
6986 msgid "file %r in dirstate clashes with %r" | |
6987 msgstr "" | |
6988 | |
6989 msgid "not in dirstate: %s\n" | |
6990 msgstr "" | |
6991 | |
6992 msgid "character device" | |
6993 msgstr "" | |
6994 | |
6995 msgid "block device" | |
6996 msgstr "" | |
6997 | |
6998 msgid "fifo" | |
6999 msgstr "" | |
7000 | |
7001 msgid "socket" | |
7002 msgstr "" | |
7003 | |
7004 msgid "directory" | |
7005 msgstr "" | |
7006 | |
7007 msgid "%s: unsupported file type (type is %s)\n" | |
7008 msgstr "" | |
7009 | |
7010 msgid "abort: %s\n" | |
7011 msgstr "" | |
7012 | |
7013 msgid "" | |
7014 "hg: command '%s' is ambiguous:\n" | |
7015 " %s\n" | |
7016 msgstr "" | |
7017 | |
7018 msgid "timed out waiting for lock held by %s" | |
7019 msgstr "" | |
7020 | |
7021 msgid "lock held by %s" | |
7022 msgstr "" | |
7023 | |
7024 msgid "abort: %s: %s\n" | |
7025 msgstr "" | |
7026 | |
7027 msgid "abort: could not lock %s: %s\n" | |
7028 msgstr "" | |
7029 | |
7030 msgid "hg %s: %s\n" | |
7031 msgstr "" | |
7032 | |
7033 msgid "hg: %s\n" | |
7034 msgstr "" | |
7035 | |
7036 msgid "abort: %s!\n" | |
7037 msgstr "" | |
7038 | |
7039 msgid "abort: %s" | |
7040 msgstr "" | |
7041 | |
7042 msgid " empty string\n" | |
7043 msgstr "" | |
7044 | |
7045 msgid "killed!\n" | |
7046 msgstr "" | |
7047 | |
7048 msgid "hg: unknown command '%s'\n" | |
7049 msgstr "" | |
7050 | |
7051 msgid "abort: could not import module %s!\n" | |
7052 msgstr "" | |
7053 | |
7054 msgid "(did you forget to compile extensions?)\n" | |
7055 msgstr "" | |
7056 | |
7057 msgid "(is your Python install correct?)\n" | |
7058 msgstr "" | |
7059 | |
7060 msgid "abort: error: %s\n" | |
7061 msgstr "" | |
7062 | |
7063 msgid "broken pipe\n" | |
7064 msgstr "" | |
7065 | |
7066 msgid "interrupted!\n" | |
7067 msgstr "" | |
7068 | |
7069 msgid "" | |
7070 "\n" | |
7071 "broken pipe\n" | |
7072 msgstr "" | |
7073 | |
7074 msgid "abort: out of memory\n" | |
7075 msgstr "" | |
7076 | |
7077 msgid "** unknown exception encountered, details follow\n" | |
7078 msgstr "" | |
7079 | |
7080 msgid "** report bug details to http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/bts\n" | |
7081 msgstr "" | |
7082 | |
7083 msgid "** or mercurial@selenic.com\n" | |
7084 msgstr "" | |
7085 | |
7086 msgid "** Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n" | |
7087 msgstr "** Mercurial - 分散構成管理(バージョン %s)\n" | |
7088 | |
7089 msgid "** Extensions loaded: %s\n" | |
7090 msgstr "" | |
7091 | |
7092 msgid "malformed --config option: %s" | |
7093 msgstr "" | |
7094 | |
7095 msgid "extension '%s' overrides commands: %s\n" | |
7096 msgstr "" | |
7097 | |
7098 msgid "Option --config may not be abbreviated!" | |
7099 msgstr "" | |
7100 | |
7101 msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviated!" | |
7102 msgstr "" | |
7103 | |
7104 msgid "" | |
7105 "Option -R has to be separated from other options (i.e. not -qR) and --" | |
7106 "repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!" | |
7107 msgstr "" | |
7108 | |
7109 msgid "Time: real %.3f secs (user %.3f+%.3f sys %.3f+%.3f)\n" | |
7110 msgstr "" | |
7111 | |
7112 msgid "repository '%s' is not local" | |
7113 msgstr "" | |
7114 | |
7115 msgid "invalid arguments" | |
7116 msgstr "" | |
7117 | |
7118 msgid "exception raised - generating profile anyway\n" | |
7119 msgstr "" | |
7120 | |
7121 msgid "" | |
7122 "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/" | |
7123 "misc/lsprof/" | |
7124 msgstr "" | |
7125 | |
7126 msgid "*** failed to import extension %s from %s: %s\n" | |
7127 msgstr "" | |
7128 | |
7129 msgid "*** failed to import extension %s: %s\n" | |
7130 msgstr "" | |
7131 | |
7132 msgid "couldn't find merge tool %s\n" | |
7133 msgstr "" | |
7134 | |
7135 msgid "tool %s can't handle symlinks\n" | |
7136 msgstr "" | |
7137 | |
7138 msgid "tool %s can't handle binary\n" | |
7139 msgstr "" | |
7140 | |
7141 msgid "tool %s requires a GUI\n" | |
7142 msgstr "" | |
7143 | |
7144 msgid "picked tool '%s' for %s (binary %s symlink %s)\n" | |
7145 msgstr "" | |
7146 | |
7147 msgid "" | |
7148 " no tool found to merge %s\n" | |
7149 "keep (l)ocal or take (o)ther?" | |
7150 msgstr "" | |
7151 | |
7152 msgid "[lo]" | |
7153 msgstr "" | |
7154 | |
7155 msgid "l" | |
7156 msgstr "" | |
7157 | |
7158 msgid "merging %s and %s to %s\n" | |
7159 msgstr "" | |
7160 | |
7161 msgid "merging %s\n" | |
7162 msgstr "" | |
7163 | |
7164 msgid "my %s other %s ancestor %s\n" | |
7165 msgstr "" | |
7166 | |
7167 msgid " premerge successful\n" | |
7168 msgstr "" | |
7169 | |
7170 msgid "" | |
7171 " output file %s appears unchanged\n" | |
7172 "was merge successful (yn)?" | |
7173 msgstr "" | |
7174 | |
7175 msgid "[yn]" | |
7176 msgstr "" | |
7177 | |
7178 msgid "n" | |
7179 msgstr "" | |
7180 | |
7181 msgid "merging %s failed!\n" | |
7182 msgstr "" | |
7183 | |
7184 msgid "Inconsistent state, %s:%s is good and bad" | |
7185 msgstr "" | |
7186 | |
7187 msgid "unknown bisect kind %s" | |
7188 msgstr "" | |
7189 | |
7190 msgid "Date Formats" | |
7191 msgstr "" | |
7192 | |
7193 msgid "" | |
7194 "\n" | |
7195 " Some commands allow the user to specify a date:\n" | |
7196 " backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n" | |
7197 " log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.\n" | |
7198 "\n" | |
7199 " Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:\n" | |
7200 "\n" | |
7201 " \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n" | |
7202 " \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n" | |
7203 " \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n" | |
7204 " \"Dec 6\" (midnight)\n" | |
7205 " \"13:18\" (today assumed)\n" | |
7206 " \"3:39\" (3:39AM assumed)\n" | |
7207 " \"3:39pm\" (15:39)\n" | |
7208 " \"2006-12-06 13:18:29\" (ISO 8601 format)\n" | |
7209 " \"2006-12-6 13:18\"\n" | |
7210 " \"2006-12-6\"\n" | |
7211 " \"12-6\"\n" | |
7212 " \"12/6\"\n" | |
7213 " \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)\n" | |
7214 "\n" | |
7215 " Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:\n" | |
7216 "\n" | |
7217 " \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)\n" | |
7218 "\n" | |
7219 " This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is\n" | |
7220 " the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset\n" | |
7221 " is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative\n" | |
7222 " if the timezone is east of UTC).\n" | |
7223 "\n" | |
7224 " The log command also accepts date ranges:\n" | |
7225 "\n" | |
7226 " \"<{date}\" - on or before a given date\n" | |
7227 " \">{date}\" - on or after a given date\n" | |
7228 " \"{date} to {date}\" - a date range, inclusive\n" | |
7229 " \"-{days}\" - within a given number of days of today\n" | |
7230 " " | |
7231 msgstr "" | |
7232 | |
7233 msgid "File Name Patterns" | |
7234 msgstr "" | |
7235 | |
7236 msgid "" | |
7237 "\n" | |
7238 " Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more\n" | |
7239 " files at a time.\n" | |
7240 "\n" | |
7241 " By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended\n" | |
7242 " glob patterns.\n" | |
7243 "\n" | |
7244 " Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly.\n" | |
7245 "\n" | |
7246 " To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start a\n" | |
7247 " name with \"path:\". These path names must match completely, from\n" | |
7248 " the root of the current repository.\n" | |
7249 "\n" | |
7250 " To use an extended glob, start a name with \"glob:\". Globs are\n" | |
7251 " rooted at the current directory; a glob such as \"*.c\" will match\n" | |
7252 " files ending in \".c\" in the current directory only.\n" | |
7253 "\n" | |
7254 " The supported glob syntax extensions are \"**\" to match any string\n" | |
7255 " across path separators, and \"{a,b}\" to mean \"a or b\".\n" | |
7256 "\n" | |
7257 " To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with \"re:\".\n" | |
7258 " Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository.\n" | |
7259 "\n" | |
7260 " Plain examples:\n" | |
7261 "\n" | |
7262 " path:foo/bar a name bar in a directory named foo in the root of\n" | |
7263 " the repository\n" | |
7264 " path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\"\n" | |
7265 "\n" | |
7266 " Glob examples:\n" | |
7267 "\n" | |
7268 " glob:*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n" | |
7269 " *.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n" | |
7270 " **.c any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory, or\n" | |
7271 " any subdirectory\n" | |
7272 " foo/*.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n" | |
7273 " foo/**.c any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo, or any\n" | |
7274 " subdirectory\n" | |
7275 "\n" | |
7276 " Regexp examples:\n" | |
7277 "\n" | |
7278 " re:.*\\.c$ any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n" | |
7279 "\n" | |
7280 " " | |
7281 msgstr "" | |
7282 | |
7283 msgid "Environment Variables" | |
7284 msgstr "" | |
7285 | |
7286 msgid "" | |
7287 "\n" | |
7288 "HG::\n" | |
7289 " Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running hooks,\n" | |
7290 " extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, an executable named\n" | |
7291 " 'hg' (with com/exe/bat/cmd extension on Windows) is searched.\n" | |
7292 "\n" | |
7293 "HGEDITOR::\n" | |
7294 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.\n" | |
7295 "\n" | |
7296 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n" | |
7297 "\n" | |
7298 "HGENCODING::\n" | |
7299 " This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n" | |
7300 " This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n" | |
7301 " changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n" | |
7302 " be overridden with the --encoding command-line option.\n" | |
7303 "\n" | |
7304 "HGENCODINGMODE::\n" | |
7305 " This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n" | |
7306 " while transcoding user inputs. The default is \"strict\", which\n" | |
7307 " causes Mercurial to abort if it can't translate a character. Other\n" | |
7308 " settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n" | |
7309 " \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n" | |
7310 " the --encodingmode command-line option.\n" | |
7311 "\n" | |
7312 "HGMERGE::\n" | |
7313 " An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n" | |
7314 " will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n" | |
7315 " ancestor file.\n" | |
7316 "\n" | |
7317 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n" | |
7318 "\n" | |
7319 "HGRCPATH::\n" | |
7320 " A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n" | |
7321 " separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n" | |
7322 " platform default search path is used. If empty, only .hg/hgrc of\n" | |
7323 " current repository is read.\n" | |
7324 "\n" | |
7325 " For each element in path, if a directory, all entries in directory\n" | |
7326 " ending with \".rc\" are added to path. Else, element itself is\n" | |
7327 " added to path.\n" | |
7328 "\n" | |
7329 "HGUSER::\n" | |
7330 " This is the string used for the author of a commit.\n" | |
7331 "\n" | |
7332 " (deprecated, use .hgrc)\n" | |
7333 "\n" | |
7334 "EMAIL::\n" | |
7335 " If HGUSER is not set, this will be used as the author for a commit.\n" | |
7336 "\n" | |
7337 "LOGNAME::\n" | |
7338 " If neither HGUSER nor EMAIL is set, LOGNAME will be used (with\n" | |
7339 " '@hostname' appended) as the author value for a commit.\n" | |
7340 "\n" | |
7341 "VISUAL::\n" | |
7342 " This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR.\n" | |
7343 "\n" | |
7344 "EDITOR::\n" | |
7345 " Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor\n" | |
7346 " for a user to modify, for example when writing commit messages.\n" | |
7347 " The editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n" | |
7348 " variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n" | |
7349 " non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n" | |
7350 " defaults to 'vi'.\n" | |
7351 "\n" | |
7352 "PYTHONPATH::\n" | |
7353 " This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be set\n" | |
7354 " appropriately if Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n" | |
7355 " " | |
7356 msgstr "" | |
7357 | |
7358 msgid "Specifying Single Revisions" | |
7359 msgstr "" | |
7360 | |
7361 msgid "" | |
7362 "\n" | |
7363 " Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying individual\n" | |
7364 " revisions.\n" | |
7365 "\n" | |
7366 " A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative\n" | |
7367 " integers are treated as offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the\n" | |
7368 " tip.\n" | |
7369 "\n" | |
7370 " A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n" | |
7371 " identifier.\n" | |
7372 "\n" | |
7373 " A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n" | |
7374 " unique revision identifier, and referred to as a short-form\n" | |
7375 " identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the\n" | |
7376 " prefix of one full-length identifier.\n" | |
7377 "\n" | |
7378 " Any other string is treated as a tag name, which is a symbolic\n" | |
7379 " name associated with a revision identifier. Tag names may not\n" | |
7380 " contain the \":\" character.\n" | |
7381 "\n" | |
7382 " The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies\n" | |
7383 " the most recent revision.\n" | |
7384 "\n" | |
7385 " The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n" | |
7386 " revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0.\n" | |
7387 "\n" | |
7388 " The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If\n" | |
7389 " no working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null.\n" | |
7390 " If an uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of\n" | |
7391 " the first parent.\n" | |
7392 " " | |
7393 msgstr "" | |
7394 | |
7395 msgid "Specifying Multiple Revisions" | |
7396 msgstr "" | |
7397 | |
7398 msgid "" | |
7399 "\n" | |
7400 " When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be\n" | |
7401 " specified individually, or provided as a continuous range,\n" | |
7402 " separated by the \":\" character.\n" | |
7403 "\n" | |
7404 " The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END\n" | |
7405 " are revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If\n" | |
7406 " BEGIN is not specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END\n" | |
7407 " is not specified, it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus\n" | |
7408 " means \"all revisions\".\n" | |
7409 "\n" | |
7410 " If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse\n" | |
7411 " order.\n" | |
7412 "\n" | |
7413 " A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n" | |
7414 " gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 4:2 gives 4, 3, and 2.\n" | |
7415 " " | |
7416 msgstr "" | |
7417 | |
7418 msgid "Diff Formats" | |
7419 msgstr "" | |
7420 | |
7421 msgid "" | |
7422 "\n" | |
7423 " Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions\n" | |
7424 " of a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which\n" | |
7425 " can be used by GNU patch and many other standard tools.\n" | |
7426 "\n" | |
7427 " While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n" | |
7428 " following information:\n" | |
7429 "\n" | |
7430 " - executable status\n" | |
7431 " - copy or rename information\n" | |
7432 " - changes in binary files\n" | |
7433 " - creation or deletion of empty files\n" | |
7434 "\n" | |
7435 " Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n" | |
7436 " which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not\n" | |
7437 " produced by default because there are very few tools which\n" | |
7438 " understand this format.\n" | |
7439 "\n" | |
7440 " This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n" | |
7441 " (e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like\n" | |
7442 " file copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because\n" | |
7443 " when applying a standard diff to a different repository, this extra\n" | |
7444 " information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like push and\n" | |
7445 " pull) are not affected by this, because they use an internal binary\n" | |
7446 " format for communicating changes.\n" | |
7447 "\n" | |
7448 " To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the\n" | |
7449 " --git option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the\n" | |
7450 " [diff] section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this option when\n" | |
7451 " importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq extension.\n" | |
7452 " " | |
7453 msgstr "" | |
7454 | |
7455 msgid "Template Usage" | |
7456 msgstr "" | |
7457 | |
7458 msgid "" | |
7459 "\n" | |
7460 " Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n" | |
7461 " templates. You can either pass in a template from the command line,\n" | |
7462 " via the --template option, or select an existing template-style (--" | |
7463 "style).\n" | |
7464 "\n" | |
7465 " You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log, outgoing,\n" | |
7466 " incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog are all template-enabled.\n" | |
7467 "\n" | |
7468 " Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n" | |
7469 " when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog. Usage:\n" | |
7470 "\n" | |
7471 " $ hg log -r1 --style changelog\n" | |
7472 "\n" | |
7473 " A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable " | |
7474 "expansion:\n" | |
7475 "\n" | |
7476 " $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n" | |
7477 " b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746\n" | |
7478 "\n" | |
7479 " Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n" | |
7480 " keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These keywords\n" | |
7481 " are usually available for templating a log-like command:\n" | |
7482 "\n" | |
7483 " - author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n" | |
7484 " - branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n" | |
7485 " was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was default.\n" | |
7486 " - date: Date information. The date when the changeset was committed.\n" | |
7487 " - desc: String. The text of the changeset description.\n" | |
7488 " - files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by\n" | |
7489 " this changeset.\n" | |
7490 " - file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.\n" | |
7491 " - file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.\n" | |
7492 " - file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.\n" | |
7493 " - node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a 40-character\n" | |
7494 " hexadecimal string.\n" | |
7495 " - parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset.\n" | |
7496 " - rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision number.\n" | |
7497 " - tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the changeset.\n" | |
7498 "\n" | |
7499 " The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n" | |
7500 " want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process it.\n" | |
7501 " Filters are functions which return a string based on the input " | |
7502 "variable.\n" | |
7503 " You can also use a chain of filters to get the wanted output:\n" | |
7504 "\n" | |
7505 " $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n" | |
7506 " 2008-08-21 18:22 +0000\n" | |
7507 "\n" | |
7508 " List of filters:\n" | |
7509 "\n" | |
7510 " - addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n" | |
7511 " every line except the last.\n" | |
7512 " - age: Date. Returns a human-readable age for the given date.\n" | |
7513 " - basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the\n" | |
7514 " basename. For example, \"foo/bar/baz\" becomes \"baz\".\n" | |
7515 " - date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date command format, including\n" | |
7516 " the timezone: \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\".\n" | |
7517 " - domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an email\n" | |
7518 " address, and extracts just the domain component.\n" | |
7519 " - email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like an email\n" | |
7520 " address.\n" | |
7521 " - escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters \"&\",\n" | |
7522 " \"<\" and \">\" with XML entities.\n" | |
7523 " - fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.\n" | |
7524 " - fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.\n" | |
7525 " - firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text.\n" | |
7526 " - hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers:\n" | |
7527 " \"1157407993 25200\" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).\n" | |
7528 " - isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format.\n" | |
7529 " - obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a sequence\n" | |
7530 " of XML entities.\n" | |
7531 " - person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address.\n" | |
7532 " - rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used\n" | |
7533 " in email headers.\n" | |
7534 " - short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset hash,\n" | |
7535 " i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.\n" | |
7536 " - shortdate: Date. Returns a date like \"2006-09-04\".\n" | |
7537 " - strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.\n" | |
7538 " - tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except the\n" | |
7539 " first starting with a tab character.\n" | |
7540 " - urlescape: Any text. Escapes all \"special\" characters. For example,\n" | |
7541 " \"foo bar\" becomes \"foo%20bar\".\n" | |
7542 " - user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email address.\n" | |
7543 " " | |
7544 msgstr "" | |
7545 | |
7546 msgid "Url Paths" | |
7547 msgstr "" | |
7548 | |
7549 msgid "" | |
7550 "\n" | |
7551 " Valid URLs are of the form:\n" | |
7552 "\n" | |
7553 " local/filesystem/path (or file://local/filesystem/path)\n" | |
7554 " http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n" | |
7555 " https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n" | |
7556 " ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path]\n" | |
7557 "\n" | |
7558 " Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n" | |
7559 " repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or\n" | |
7560 " 'hg incoming --bundle').\n" | |
7561 "\n" | |
7562 " An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag,\n" | |
7563 " or changeset to deal with in the remote repository.\n" | |
7564 "\n" | |
7565 " Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are\n" | |
7566 " only possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the\n" | |
7567 " remote Mercurial server.\n" | |
7568 "\n" | |
7569 " Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:\n" | |
7570 " - SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination machine\n" | |
7571 " and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.\n" | |
7572 " - path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default.\n" | |
7573 " Use an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute " | |
7574 "path:\n" | |
7575 " ssh://example.com//tmp/repository\n" | |
7576 " - Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing\n" | |
7577 " to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.:\n" | |
7578 " Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n" | |
7579 " Compression no\n" | |
7580 " Host *\n" | |
7581 " Compression yes\n" | |
7582 " Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc or\n" | |
7583 " with the --ssh command line option.\n" | |
7584 "\n" | |
7585 " These urls can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under the\n" | |
7586 " [paths] section like so:\n" | |
7587 " [paths]\n" | |
7588 " alias1 = URL1\n" | |
7589 " alias2 = URL2\n" | |
7590 " ...\n" | |
7591 "\n" | |
7592 " You can then use the alias for any command that uses a url (for example\n" | |
7593 " 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path).\n" | |
7594 "\n" | |
7595 " Two path aliases are more important because they are used as defaults\n" | |
7596 " when you do not provide the url to a command:\n" | |
7597 "\n" | |
7598 " default:\n" | |
7599 " When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves\n" | |
7600 " the location of the source repository as the 'default' path. This is\n" | |
7601 " then used when you omit a path from the push and pull commands.\n" | |
7602 "\n" | |
7603 " default-push:\n" | |
7604 " The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n" | |
7605 " prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n" | |
7606 " " | |
7607 msgstr "" | |
7608 | |
7609 msgid "destination directory: %s\n" | |
7610 msgstr "" | |
7611 | |
7612 msgid "destination '%s' already exists" | |
7613 msgstr "" | |
7614 | |
7615 msgid "" | |
7616 "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone " | |
7617 "by revision" | |
7618 msgstr "" | |
7619 | |
7620 msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported" | |
7621 msgstr "" | |
7622 | |
7623 msgid "updating working directory\n" | |
7624 msgstr "" | |
7625 | |
7626 msgid "updated" | |
7627 msgstr "" | |
7628 | |
7629 msgid "merged" | |
7630 msgstr "" | |
7631 | |
7632 msgid "removed" | |
7633 msgstr "" | |
7634 | |
7635 msgid "unresolved" | |
7636 msgstr "" | |
7637 | |
7638 msgid "%d files %s" | |
7639 msgstr "" | |
7640 | |
7641 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n" | |
7642 msgstr "" | |
7643 | |
7644 msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n" | |
7645 msgstr "" | |
7646 | |
7647 msgid "error reading %s/.hg/hgrc: %s\n" | |
7648 msgstr "" | |
7649 | |
7650 msgid "SSL support is unavailable" | |
7651 msgstr "" | |
7652 | |
7653 msgid "IPv6 not available on this system" | |
7654 msgstr "" | |
7655 | |
7656 msgid "cannot start server at '%s:%d': %s" | |
7657 msgstr "" | |
7658 | |
7659 msgid "calling hook %s: %s\n" | |
7660 msgstr "" | |
7661 | |
7662 msgid "%s hook is invalid (\"%s\" not in a module)" | |
7663 msgstr "" | |
7664 | |
7665 msgid "%s hook is invalid (import of \"%s\" failed)" | |
7666 msgstr "" | |
7667 | |
7668 msgid "%s hook is invalid (\"%s\" is not defined)" | |
7669 msgstr "" | |
7670 | |
7671 msgid "%s hook is invalid (\"%s\" is not callable)" | |
7672 msgstr "" | |
7673 | |
7674 msgid "error: %s hook failed: %s\n" | |
7675 msgstr "" | |
7676 | |
7677 msgid "error: %s hook raised an exception: %s\n" | |
7678 msgstr "" | |
7679 | |
7680 msgid "%s hook failed" | |
7681 msgstr "" | |
7682 | |
7683 msgid "warning: %s hook failed\n" | |
7684 msgstr "" | |
7685 | |
7686 msgid "running hook %s: %s\n" | |
7687 msgstr "" | |
7688 | |
7689 msgid "%s hook %s" | |
7690 msgstr "" | |
7691 | |
7692 msgid "warning: %s hook %s\n" | |
7693 msgstr "" | |
7694 | |
7695 msgid "connection ended unexpectedly" | |
7696 msgstr "" | |
7697 | |
7698 msgid "unsupported URL component: \"%s\"" | |
7699 msgstr "" | |
7700 | |
7701 msgid "using %s\n" | |
7702 msgstr "" | |
7703 | |
7704 msgid "capabilities: %s\n" | |
7705 msgstr "" | |
7706 | |
7707 msgid "operation not supported over http" | |
7708 msgstr "" | |
7709 | |
7710 msgid "sending %s command\n" | |
7711 msgstr "" | |
7712 | |
7713 msgid "sending %s bytes\n" | |
7714 msgstr "" | |
7715 | |
7716 msgid "authorization failed" | |
7717 msgstr "" | |
7718 | |
7719 msgid "http error while sending %s command\n" | |
7720 msgstr "" | |
7721 | |
7722 msgid "http error, possibly caused by proxy setting" | |
7723 msgstr "" | |
7724 | |
7725 msgid "real URL is %s\n" | |
7726 msgstr "" | |
7727 | |
7728 msgid "Requested URL: '%s'\n" | |
7729 msgstr "" | |
7730 | |
7731 msgid "'%s' does not appear to be an hg repository" | |
7732 msgstr "" | |
7733 | |
7734 msgid "'%s' sent a broken Content-Type header (%s)" | |
7735 msgstr "" | |
7736 | |
7737 msgid "'%s' uses newer protocol %s" | |
7738 msgstr "" | |
7739 | |
7740 msgid "look up remote revision" | |
7741 msgstr "" | |
7742 | |
7743 msgid "unexpected response:" | |
7744 msgstr "" | |
7745 | |
7746 msgid "look up remote changes" | |
7747 msgstr "" | |
7748 | |
7749 msgid "push failed (unexpected response):" | |
7750 msgstr "" | |
7751 | |
7752 msgid "push failed: %s" | |
7753 msgstr "" | |
7754 | |
7755 msgid "Python support for SSL and HTTPS is not installed" | |
7756 msgstr "" | |
7757 | |
7758 msgid "cannot create new http repository" | |
7759 msgstr "" | |
7760 | |
7761 msgid "%s: ignoring invalid syntax '%s'\n" | |
7762 msgstr "" | |
7763 | |
7764 msgid "skipping unreadable ignore file '%s': %s\n" | |
7765 msgstr "" | |
7766 | |
7767 msgid "repository %s not found" | |
7768 msgstr "" | |
7769 | |
7770 msgid "repository %s already exists" | |
7771 msgstr "" | |
7772 | |
7773 msgid "requirement '%s' not supported" | |
7774 msgstr "" | |
7775 | |
7776 msgid "%r cannot be used in a tag name" | |
7777 msgstr "" | |
7778 | |
7779 msgid "working copy of .hgtags is changed (please commit .hgtags manually)" | |
7780 msgstr "" | |
7781 | |
7782 msgid "%s, line %s: %s\n" | |
7783 msgstr "" | |
7784 | |
7785 msgid "cannot parse entry" | |
7786 msgstr "" | |
7787 | |
7788 msgid "node '%s' is not well formed" | |
7789 msgstr "" | |
7790 | |
7791 msgid "tag '%s' refers to unknown node" | |
7792 msgstr "" | |
7793 | |
7794 msgid "unknown revision '%s'" | |
7795 msgstr "" | |
7796 | |
7797 msgid "filtering %s through %s\n" | |
7798 msgstr "" | |
7799 | |
7800 msgid "journal already exists - run hg recover" | |
7801 msgstr "" | |
7802 | |
7803 msgid "rolling back interrupted transaction\n" | |
7804 msgstr "" | |
7805 | |
7806 msgid "no interrupted transaction available\n" | |
7807 msgstr "" | |
7808 | |
7809 msgid "rolling back last transaction\n" | |
7810 msgstr "" | |
7811 | |
7812 msgid "Named branch could not be reset, current branch still is: %s\n" | |
7813 msgstr "" | |
7814 | |
7815 msgid "no rollback information available\n" | |
7816 msgstr "" | |
7817 | |
7818 msgid "waiting for lock on %s held by %r\n" | |
7819 msgstr "" | |
7820 | |
7821 msgid "repository %s" | |
7822 msgstr "" | |
7823 | |
7824 msgid "working directory of %s" | |
7825 msgstr "" | |
7826 | |
7827 msgid " %s: searching for copy revision for %s\n" | |
7828 msgstr "" | |
7829 | |
7830 msgid " %s: copy %s:%s\n" | |
7831 msgstr "" | |
7832 | |
7833 msgid "cannot partially commit a merge (do not specify files or patterns)" | |
7834 msgstr "" | |
7835 | |
7836 msgid "%s not tracked!\n" | |
7837 msgstr "" | |
7838 | |
7839 msgid "unresolved merge conflicts (see hg resolve)" | |
7840 msgstr "" | |
7841 | |
7842 msgid "closing the default branch is invalid" | |
7843 msgstr "" | |
7844 | |
7845 msgid "nothing changed\n" | |
7846 msgstr "" | |
7847 | |
7848 msgid "trouble committing %s!\n" | |
7849 msgstr "" | |
7850 | |
7851 msgid "HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed." | |
7852 msgstr "" | |
7853 | |
7854 msgid "empty commit message" | |
7855 msgstr "" | |
7856 | |
7857 msgid "%s does not exist!\n" | |
7858 msgstr "" | |
7859 | |
7860 msgid "" | |
7861 "%s: files over 10MB may cause memory and performance problems\n" | |
7862 "(use 'hg revert %s' to unadd the file)\n" | |
7863 msgstr "" | |
7864 | |
7865 msgid "%s not added: only files and symlinks supported currently\n" | |
7866 msgstr "" | |
7867 | |
7868 msgid "%s already tracked!\n" | |
7869 msgstr "" | |
7870 | |
7871 msgid "%s not added!\n" | |
7872 msgstr "" | |
7873 | |
7874 msgid "%s still exists!\n" | |
7875 msgstr "" | |
7876 | |
7877 msgid "%s not removed!\n" | |
7878 msgstr "" | |
7879 | |
7880 msgid "copy failed: %s is not a file or a symbolic link\n" | |
7881 msgstr "" | |
7882 | |
7883 msgid "searching for changes\n" | |
7884 msgstr "" | |
7885 | |
7886 msgid "examining %s:%s\n" | |
7887 msgstr "" | |
7888 | |
7889 msgid "branch already found\n" | |
7890 msgstr "" | |
7891 | |
7892 msgid "found incomplete branch %s:%s\n" | |
7893 msgstr "" | |
7894 | |
7895 msgid "found new changeset %s\n" | |
7896 msgstr "" | |
7897 | |
7898 msgid "request %d: %s\n" | |
7899 msgstr "" | |
7900 | |
7901 msgid "received %s:%s\n" | |
7902 msgstr "" | |
7903 | |
7904 msgid "narrowing %d:%d %s\n" | |
7905 msgstr "" | |
7906 | |
7907 msgid "found new branch changeset %s\n" | |
7908 msgstr "" | |
7909 | |
7910 msgid "narrowed branch search to %s:%s\n" | |
7911 msgstr "" | |
7912 | |
7913 msgid "already have changeset " | |
7914 msgstr "" | |
7915 | |
7916 msgid "warning: repository is unrelated\n" | |
7917 msgstr "" | |
7918 | |
7919 msgid "repository is unrelated" | |
7920 msgstr "" | |
7921 | |
7922 msgid "found new changesets starting at " | |
7923 msgstr "" | |
7924 | |
7925 msgid "%d total queries\n" | |
7926 msgstr "" | |
7927 | |
7928 msgid "common changesets up to " | |
7929 msgstr "" | |
7930 | |
7931 msgid "requesting all changes\n" | |
7932 msgstr "" | |
7933 | |
7934 msgid "" | |
7935 "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support " | |
7936 "changegroupsubset." | |
7937 msgstr "" | |
7938 | |
7939 msgid "abort: push creates new remote heads!\n" | |
7940 msgstr "" | |
7941 | |
7942 msgid "(did you forget to merge? use push -f to force)\n" | |
7943 msgstr "" | |
7944 | |
7945 msgid "note: unsynced remote changes!\n" | |
7946 msgstr "" | |
7947 | |
7948 msgid "%d changesets found\n" | |
7949 msgstr "" | |
7950 | |
7951 msgid "list of changesets:\n" | |
7952 msgstr "" | |
7953 | |
7954 msgid "empty or missing revlog for %s" | |
7955 msgstr "" | |
7956 | |
7957 msgid "add changeset %s\n" | |
7958 msgstr "" | |
7959 | |
7960 msgid "adding changesets\n" | |
7961 msgstr "" | |
7962 | |
7963 msgid "received changelog group is empty" | |
7964 msgstr "" | |
7965 | |
7966 msgid "adding manifests\n" | |
7967 msgstr "" | |
7968 | |
7969 msgid "adding file changes\n" | |
7970 msgstr "" | |
7971 | |
7972 msgid "adding %s revisions\n" | |
7973 msgstr "" | |
7974 | |
7975 msgid "received file revlog group is empty" | |
7976 msgstr "" | |
7977 | |
7978 msgid " (%+d heads)" | |
7979 msgstr "" | |
7980 | |
7981 msgid "added %d changesets with %d changes to %d files%s\n" | |
7982 msgstr "" | |
7983 | |
7984 msgid "updating the branch cache\n" | |
7985 msgstr "" | |
7986 | |
7987 msgid "Unexpected response from remote server:" | |
7988 msgstr "" | |
7989 | |
7990 msgid "operation forbidden by server" | |
7991 msgstr "" | |
7992 | |
7993 msgid "locking the remote repository failed" | |
7994 msgstr "" | |
7995 | |
7996 msgid "the server sent an unknown error code" | |
7997 msgstr "" | |
7998 | |
7999 msgid "streaming all changes\n" | |
8000 msgstr "" | |
8001 | |
8002 msgid "%d files to transfer, %s of data\n" | |
8003 msgstr "" | |
8004 | |
8005 msgid "adding %s (%s)\n" | |
8006 msgstr "" | |
8007 | |
8008 msgid "transferred %s in %.1f seconds (%s/sec)\n" | |
8009 msgstr "" | |
8010 | |
8011 msgid "no [smtp]host in hgrc - cannot send mail" | |
8012 msgstr "" | |
8013 | |
8014 msgid "sending mail: smtp host %s, port %s\n" | |
8015 msgstr "" | |
8016 | |
8017 msgid "can't use TLS: Python SSL support not installed" | |
8018 msgstr "" | |
8019 | |
8020 msgid "(using tls)\n" | |
8021 msgstr "" | |
8022 | |
8023 msgid "(authenticating to mail server as %s)\n" | |
8024 msgstr "" | |
8025 | |
8026 msgid "sending mail: %s\n" | |
8027 msgstr "" | |
8028 | |
8029 msgid "smtp specified as email transport, but no smtp host configured" | |
8030 msgstr "" | |
8031 | |
8032 msgid "%r specified as email transport, but not in PATH" | |
8033 msgstr "" | |
8034 | |
8035 msgid "ignoring invalid sendcharset: %s\n" | |
8036 msgstr "" | |
8037 | |
8038 msgid "invalid email address: %s" | |
8039 msgstr "" | |
8040 | |
8041 msgid "invalid local address: %s" | |
8042 msgstr "" | |
8043 | |
8044 msgid "'\\n' and '\\r' disallowed in filenames" | |
8045 msgstr "" | |
8046 | |
8047 msgid "failed to remove %s from manifest" | |
8048 msgstr "" | |
8049 | |
8050 msgid "diff context lines count must be an integer, not %r" | |
8051 msgstr "" | |
8052 | |
8053 msgid "" | |
8054 "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: " | |
8055 "'%s'" | |
8056 msgstr "" | |
8057 | |
8058 msgid "case-folding collision between %s and %s" | |
8059 msgstr "" | |
8060 | |
8061 msgid "resolving manifests\n" | |
8062 msgstr "" | |
8063 | |
8064 msgid " overwrite %s partial %s\n" | |
8065 msgstr "" | |
8066 | |
8067 msgid " ancestor %s local %s remote %s\n" | |
8068 msgstr "" | |
8069 | |
8070 msgid "" | |
8071 " conflicting flags for %s\n" | |
8072 "(n)one, e(x)ec or sym(l)ink?" | |
8073 msgstr "" | |
8074 | |
8075 msgid "" | |
8076 " local changed %s which remote deleted\n" | |
8077 "use (c)hanged version or (d)elete?" | |
8078 msgstr "" | |
8079 | |
8080 msgid "[cd]" | |
8081 msgstr "" | |
8082 | |
8083 msgid "c" | |
8084 msgstr "" | |
8085 | |
8086 msgid "" | |
8087 "remote changed %s which local deleted\n" | |
8088 "use (c)hanged version or leave (d)eleted?" | |
8089 msgstr "" | |
8090 | |
8091 msgid "preserving %s for resolve of %s\n" | |
8092 msgstr "" | |
8093 | |
8094 msgid "update failed to remove %s: %s!\n" | |
8095 msgstr "" | |
8096 | |
8097 msgid "getting %s\n" | |
8098 msgstr "" | |
8099 | |
8100 msgid "moving %s to %s\n" | |
8101 msgstr "" | |
8102 | |
8103 msgid "getting %s to %s\n" | |
8104 msgstr "" | |
8105 | |
8106 msgid "warning: detected divergent renames of %s to:\n" | |
8107 msgstr "" | |
8108 | |
8109 msgid "branch %s not found" | |
8110 msgstr "" | |
8111 | |
8112 msgid "can't merge with ancestor" | |
8113 msgstr "" | |
8114 | |
8115 msgid "nothing to merge (use 'hg update' or check 'hg heads')" | |
8116 msgstr "" | |
8117 | |
8118 msgid "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' or 'hg update -C' to discard changes)" | |
8119 msgstr "" | |
8120 | |
8121 msgid "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' or 'hg update -C')" | |
8122 msgstr "" | |
8123 | |
8124 msgid "crosses named branches (use 'hg update -C' to discard changes)" | |
8125 msgstr "" | |
8126 | |
8127 msgid "cannot create %s: destination already exists" | |
8128 msgstr "" | |
8129 | |
8130 msgid "cannot create %s: unable to create destination directory" | |
8131 msgstr "" | |
8132 | |
8133 msgid "found patch at byte %d\n" | |
8134 msgstr "" | |
8135 | |
8136 msgid "patch generated by hg export\n" | |
8137 msgstr "" | |
8138 | |
8139 msgid "unable to find '%s' for patching\n" | |
8140 msgstr "" | |
8141 | |
8142 msgid "patching file %s\n" | |
8143 msgstr "" | |
8144 | |
8145 msgid "%d out of %d hunks FAILED -- saving rejects to file %s\n" | |
8146 msgstr "" | |
8147 | |
8148 msgid "bad hunk #%d %s (%d %d %d %d)" | |
8149 msgstr "" | |
8150 | |
8151 msgid "file %s already exists\n" | |
8152 msgstr "" | |
8153 | |
8154 msgid "Hunk #%d succeeded at %d %s(offset %d %s).\n" | |
8155 msgstr "" | |
8156 | |
8157 msgid "Hunk #%d FAILED at %d\n" | |
8158 msgstr "" | |
8159 | |
8160 msgid "bad hunk #%d" | |
8161 msgstr "" | |
8162 | |
8163 msgid "bad hunk #%d old text line %d" | |
8164 msgstr "" | |
8165 | |
8166 msgid "could not extract binary patch" | |
8167 msgstr "" | |
8168 | |
8169 msgid "binary patch is %d bytes, not %d" | |
8170 msgstr "" | |
8171 | |
8172 msgid "unable to strip away %d dirs from %s" | |
8173 msgstr "" | |
8174 | |
8175 msgid "undefined source and destination files" | |
8176 msgstr "" | |
8177 | |
8178 msgid "malformed patch %s %s" | |
8179 msgstr "" | |
8180 | |
8181 msgid "unsupported parser state: %s" | |
8182 msgstr "" | |
8183 | |
8184 msgid "patch command failed: %s" | |
8185 msgstr "" | |
8186 | |
8187 msgid "no valid hunks found; trying with %r instead\n" | |
8188 msgstr "" | |
8189 | |
8190 msgid "saving bundle to %s\n" | |
8191 msgstr "" | |
8192 | |
8193 msgid "adding branch\n" | |
8194 msgstr "" | |
8195 | |
8196 msgid "cannot %s; remote repository does not support the %r capability" | |
8197 msgstr "" | |
8198 | |
8199 msgid "unknown compression type %r" | |
8200 msgstr "" | |
8201 | |
8202 msgid "index %s unknown flags %#04x for format v0" | |
8203 msgstr "" | |
8204 | |
8205 msgid "index %s unknown flags %#04x for revlogng" | |
8206 msgstr "" | |
8207 | |
8208 msgid "index %s unknown format %d" | |
8209 msgstr "" | |
8210 | |
8211 msgid "no node" | |
8212 msgstr "" | |
8213 | |
8214 msgid "ambiguous identifier" | |
8215 msgstr "" | |
8216 | |
8217 msgid "no match found" | |
8218 msgstr "" | |
8219 | |
8220 msgid "incompatible revision flag %x" | |
8221 msgstr "" | |
8222 | |
8223 msgid "%s not found in the transaction" | |
8224 msgstr "" | |
8225 | |
8226 msgid "unknown base" | |
8227 msgstr "" | |
8228 | |
8229 msgid "consistency error adding group" | |
8230 msgstr "" | |
8231 | |
8232 msgid "%s looks like a binary file." | |
8233 msgstr "" | |
8234 | |
8235 msgid "can only specify two labels." | |
8236 msgstr "" | |
8237 | |
8238 msgid "warning: conflicts during merge.\n" | |
8239 msgstr "" | |
8240 | |
8241 msgid "couldn't parse location %s" | |
8242 msgstr "" | |
8243 | |
8244 msgid "could not create remote repo" | |
8245 msgstr "" | |
8246 | |
8247 msgid "remote: " | |
8248 msgstr "" | |
8249 | |
8250 msgid "no suitable response from remote hg" | |
8251 msgstr "" | |
8252 | |
8253 msgid "push refused: %s" | |
8254 msgstr "" | |
8255 | |
8256 msgid "unsynced changes" | |
8257 msgstr "" | |
8258 | |
8259 msgid "cannot lock static-http repository" | |
8260 msgstr "" | |
8261 | |
8262 msgid "cannot create new static-http repository" | |
8263 msgstr "" | |
8264 | |
8265 msgid "invalid entry in fncache, line %s" | |
8266 msgstr "" | |
8267 | |
8268 msgid "scanning\n" | |
8269 msgstr "" | |
8270 | |
8271 msgid "%d files, %d bytes to transfer\n" | |
8272 msgstr "" | |
8273 | |
8274 msgid "sending %s (%d bytes)\n" | |
8275 msgstr "" | |
8276 | |
8277 msgid "unmatched quotes" | |
8278 msgstr "" | |
8279 | |
8280 msgid "style not found: %s" | |
8281 msgstr "" | |
8282 | |
8283 msgid "%s:%s: parse error" | |
8284 msgstr "" | |
8285 | |
8286 msgid "template file %s: %s" | |
8287 msgstr "" | |
8288 | |
8289 msgid "Error expanding '%s%%%s'" | |
8290 msgstr "" | |
8291 | |
8292 msgid "transaction abort!\n" | |
8293 msgstr "" | |
8294 | |
8295 msgid "failed to truncate %s\n" | |
8296 msgstr "" | |
8297 | |
8298 msgid "rollback completed\n" | |
8299 msgstr "" | |
8300 | |
8301 msgid "Not trusting file %s from untrusted user %s, group %s\n" | |
8302 msgstr "" | |
8303 | |
8304 msgid "" | |
8305 "Failed to parse %s\n" | |
8306 "%s" | |
8307 msgstr "" | |
8308 | |
8309 msgid "Ignored: %s\n" | |
8310 msgstr "" | |
8311 | |
8312 msgid "unable to open %s: %s" | |
8313 msgstr "" | |
8314 | |
8315 msgid "" | |
8316 "failed to parse %s\n" | |
8317 "%s" | |
8318 msgstr "" | |
8319 | |
8320 msgid "" | |
8321 "Error in configuration section [%s] parameter '%s':\n" | |
8322 "%s" | |
8323 msgstr "" | |
8324 | |
8325 msgid "Ignoring untrusted configuration option %s.%s = %s\n" | |
8326 msgstr "" | |
8327 | |
8328 msgid "" | |
8329 "Error in configuration section [%s]:\n" | |
8330 "%s" | |
8331 msgstr "" | |
8332 | |
8333 msgid "enter a commit username:" | |
8334 msgstr "" | |
8335 | |
8336 msgid "No username found, using '%s' instead\n" | |
8337 msgstr "" | |
8338 | |
8339 msgid "Please specify a username." | |
8340 msgstr "" | |
8341 | |
8342 msgid "username %s contains a newline\n" | |
8343 msgstr "" | |
8344 | |
8345 msgid "unrecognized response\n" | |
8346 msgstr "" | |
8347 | |
8348 msgid "response expected" | |
8349 msgstr "" | |
8350 | |
8351 msgid "password: " | |
8352 msgstr "" | |
8353 | |
8354 msgid "edit failed" | |
8355 msgstr "" | |
8356 | |
8357 msgid "http authorization required" | |
8358 msgstr "" | |
8359 | |
8360 msgid "http authorization required\n" | |
8361 msgstr "" | |
8362 | |
8363 msgid "realm: %s\n" | |
8364 msgstr "" | |
8365 | |
8366 msgid "user: %s\n" | |
8367 msgstr "" | |
8368 | |
8369 msgid "user:" | |
8370 msgstr "" | |
8371 | |
8372 msgid "proxying through http://%s:%s\n" | |
8373 msgstr "" | |
8374 | |
8375 msgid "http auth: user %s, password %s\n" | |
8376 msgstr "" | |
8377 | |
8378 msgid "%s, please check your locale settings" | |
8379 msgstr "" | |
8380 | |
8381 msgid "command '%s' failed: %s" | |
8382 msgstr "" | |
8383 | |
8384 msgid "path contains illegal component: %s" | |
8385 msgstr "" | |
8386 | |
8387 msgid "path %r is inside repo %r" | |
8388 msgstr "" | |
8389 | |
8390 msgid "path %r traverses symbolic link %r" | |
8391 msgstr "" | |
8392 | |
8393 msgid "Hardlinks not supported" | |
8394 msgstr "" | |
8395 | |
8396 msgid "user name not available - set USERNAME environment variable" | |
8397 msgstr "" | |
8398 | |
8399 msgid "exited with status %d" | |
8400 msgstr "" | |
8401 | |
8402 msgid "killed by signal %d" | |
8403 msgstr "" | |
8404 | |
8405 msgid "stopped by signal %d" | |
8406 msgstr "" | |
8407 | |
8408 msgid "invalid exit code" | |
8409 msgstr "" | |
8410 | |
8411 msgid "could not symlink to %r: %s" | |
8412 msgstr "" | |
8413 | |
8414 msgid "invalid date: %r " | |
8415 msgstr "" | |
8416 | |
8417 msgid "date exceeds 32 bits: %d" | |
8418 msgstr "" | |
8419 | |
8420 msgid "impossible time zone offset: %d" | |
8421 msgstr "" | |
8422 | |
8423 msgid "invalid day spec: %s" | |
8424 msgstr "" | |
8425 | |
8426 msgid "%.0f GB" | |
8427 msgstr "" | |
8428 | |
8429 msgid "%.1f GB" | |
8430 msgstr "" | |
8431 | |
8432 msgid "%.2f GB" | |
8433 msgstr "" | |
8434 | |
8435 msgid "%.0f MB" | |
8436 msgstr "" | |
8437 | |
8438 msgid "%.1f MB" | |
8439 msgstr "" | |
8440 | |
8441 msgid "%.2f MB" | |
8442 msgstr "" | |
8443 | |
8444 msgid "%.0f KB" | |
8445 msgstr "" | |
8446 | |
8447 msgid "%.1f KB" | |
8448 msgstr "" | |
8449 | |
8450 msgid "%.2f KB" | |
8451 msgstr "" | |
8452 | |
8453 msgid "%.0f bytes" | |
8454 msgstr "" | |
8455 | |
8456 msgid "cannot verify bundle or remote repos" | |
8457 msgstr "" | |
8458 | |
8459 msgid "interrupted" | |
8460 msgstr "" | |
8461 | |
8462 msgid "empty or missing %s" | |
8463 msgstr "" | |
8464 | |
8465 msgid "data length off by %d bytes" | |
8466 msgstr "" | |
8467 | |
8468 msgid "index contains %d extra bytes" | |
8469 msgstr "" | |
8470 | |
8471 msgid "warning: `%s' uses revlog format 1" | |
8472 msgstr "" | |
8473 | |
8474 msgid "warning: `%s' uses revlog format 0" | |
8475 msgstr "" | |
8476 | |
8477 msgid "rev %d point to %s changeset %d" | |
8478 msgstr "" | |
8479 | |
8480 msgid " (expected %s)" | |
8481 msgstr "" | |
8482 | |
8483 msgid "unknown parent 1 %s of %s" | |
8484 msgstr "" | |
8485 | |
8486 msgid "unknown parent 2 %s of %s" | |
8487 msgstr "" | |
8488 | |
8489 msgid "checking parents of %s" | |
8490 msgstr "" | |
8491 | |
8492 msgid "duplicate revision %d (%d)" | |
8493 msgstr "" | |
8494 | |
8495 msgid "repository uses revlog format %d\n" | |
8496 msgstr "" | |
8497 | |
8498 msgid "checking changesets\n" | |
8499 msgstr "" | |
8500 | |
8501 msgid "unpacking changeset %s" | |
8502 msgstr "" | |
8503 | |
8504 msgid "checking manifests\n" | |
8505 msgstr "" | |
8506 | |
8507 msgid "file without name in manifest" | |
8508 msgstr "" | |
8509 | |
8510 msgid "reading manifest delta %s" | |
8511 msgstr "" | |
8512 | |
8513 msgid "crosschecking files in changesets and manifests\n" | |
8514 msgstr "" | |
8515 | |
8516 msgid "changeset refers to unknown manifest %s" | |
8517 msgstr "" | |
8518 | |
8519 msgid "in changeset but not in manifest" | |
8520 msgstr "" | |
8521 | |
8522 msgid "in manifest but not in changeset" | |
8523 msgstr "" | |
8524 | |
8525 msgid "checking files\n" | |
8526 msgstr "" | |
8527 | |
8528 msgid "cannot decode filename '%s'" | |
8529 msgstr "" | |
8530 | |
8531 msgid "missing revlog!" | |
8532 msgstr "" | |
8533 | |
8534 msgid "%s not in manifests" | |
8535 msgstr "" | |
8536 | |
8537 msgid "unpacked size is %s, %s expected" | |
8538 msgstr "" | |
8539 | |
8540 msgid "unpacking %s" | |
8541 msgstr "" | |
8542 | |
8543 msgid "empty or missing copy source revlog %s:%s" | |
8544 msgstr "" | |
8545 | |
8546 msgid "warning: %s@%s: copy source revision is nullid %s:%s" | |
8547 msgstr "" | |
8548 | |
8549 msgid "checking rename of %s" | |
8550 msgstr "" | |
8551 | |
8552 msgid "%s in manifests not found" | |
8553 msgstr "" | |
8554 | |
8555 msgid "warning: orphan revlog '%s'" | |
8556 msgstr "" | |
8557 | |
8558 msgid "%d files, %d changesets, %d total revisions\n" | |
8559 msgstr "" | |
8560 | |
8561 msgid "%d warnings encountered!\n" | |
8562 msgstr "" | |
8563 | |
8564 msgid "%d integrity errors encountered!\n" | |
8565 msgstr "" | |
8566 | |
8567 msgid "(first damaged changeset appears to be %d)\n" | |
8568 msgstr "" |